IPS-G-ME-220(2)
FOREWORD
The Iranian Petroleum Standards (IPS) reflect
the views of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
and are intended for use in the oil and gas
production facilities, oil refineries, chemical and
petrochemical plants, gas handling and
processing installations and other such facilities.
IPS is based on internationally acceptable
standards and includes selections from the items
stipulated in the referenced standards. They are
also supplemented by additional requirements
and/or modifications based on the experience
acquired by the Iranian Petroleum Industry and
the local market availability. The options which
are not specified in the text of the standards are
itemized in data sheet/s, so that, the user can
select his appropriate preferences therein.
The IPS standards are therefore expected to be
sufficiently flexible so that the users can adapt
these standards to their requirements. However,
they may not cover every requirement of each
project. For such cases, an addendum to IPS
Standard shall be prepared by the user which
elaborates the particular requirements of the
user. This addendum together with the relevant
IPS shall form the job specification for the
specific project or work.
The IPS is reviewed and up-dated approximately
every five years. Each standards are subject to
amendment or withdrawal, if required, thus the
latest edition of IPS shall be applicable
The users of IPS are therefore requested to send
their views and comments, including any
addendum prepared for particular cases to the
following address. These comments and
recommendations will be reviewed by the
relevant technical committee and in case of
approval will be incorporated in the next revision
of the standard.
Standards and Research department
No.19, Street14, North kheradmand
Karimkhan Avenue, Tehran, Iran .
Postal Code- 1585886851
Tel: 88810459-60 & 66153055
Fax: 88810462
Email: Standards@nioc.org
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﺎر‬
‫( ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻳﺪﮔﺎﻫﻬﺎي‬IPS) ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ و ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ‬
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬،‫ ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬،‫ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
‫ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت اﻧﺘﻘﺎل و ﻓﺮاورش ﮔﺎز و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺗﺄﺳﻴﺴﺎت‬،‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦاﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه و ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﮔﺰﻳﺪهﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت‬.‫ﻣﺮﺟﻊ در ﻫﺮ ﻣﻮرد ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻨﻌﺖ ﻧﻔﺖ ﻛﺸﻮر و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻻ از ﺑﺎزار داﺧﻠﻲ و ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي ﺑﻄﻮر ﺗﻜﻤﻴﻠﻲ و ﻳﺎ اﺻﻼﺣﻲ در اﻳﻦ‬،‫ﺑﺮﺣﺴﺐ ﻧﻴﺎز‬
‫ ﻣﻮاردي از ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻛﻪ در‬.‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ آورده ﻧﺸﺪه اﺳﺖ در داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ ﺑﺼﻮرت‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان آورده ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﺪوﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه‬،‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ‬
.‫اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي ﺧﻮد را ﺑﺎ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪيﻫﺎي ﭘﺮوژه ﻫﺎ را‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻮارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻫﺎي‬.‫ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻧﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ‬.‫ﺧﺎص آﻧﻬﺎ را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﻪ و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ آن ﭘﺮوژه‬،‫اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ‬
.‫و ﻳﺎ ﻛﺎر ﺧﺎص را ﺗﺸﻜﻴﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﻨﺪ داد‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﻫﺮ ﭘﻨﺞ ﺳﺎل ﻳﻜﺒﺎر ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲﻫﺎ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬.‫ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ و روزآﻣﺪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردي ﺣﺬف و ﻳﺎ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﺑﻪ آن اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﻮد و ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮاﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻫﻤﻮاره آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎ و‬،‫از ﻛﺎرﺑﺮان اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات اﺻﻼﺣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﻟﺤﺎﻗﻴﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮارد‬
‫ ﻧﻈﺮات و‬.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ زﻳﺮ ارﺳﺎل ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﻮدهاﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدات درﻳﺎﻓﺘﻲ در ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و در‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺐ در ﺗﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻧﻈﺮﻫﺎي ﺑﻌﺪي اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﻌﻜﺲ‬
.‫ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻮﭼﻪ‬،‫ ﺧﺮدﻣﻨﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﻟﻲ‬،‫ ﺧﻴﺎﺑﺎن ﻛﺮﻳﻤﺨﺎن زﻧﺪ‬،‫ ﺗﻬﺮان‬،‫اﻳﺮان‬
19 ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬،‫ﭼﻬﺎردﻫﻢ‬
‫اداره ﺗﺤﻘﻴﻘﺎت و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎ‬
1585886851 : ‫ﻛﺪﭘﺴﺘﻲ‬
66153055 ‫ و‬88810459 - 60 : ‫ﺗﻠﻔﻦ‬
88810462 : ‫دور ﻧﮕﺎر‬
Standards@nioc.org
:‫ﭘﺴﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
: ‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
General Definitions:
Throughout this Standard
definitions shall apply.
the
following
Company :
Refers to one of the related and/or affiliated
companies of the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum
such as National Iranian Oil Company, National
Iranian
Gas
Company,
and
National
Petrochemical Company etc.
Purchaser :
Means the “Company" Where this standard is
part of direct purchaser order by the “Company”,
and the “Contractor” where this Standard is a part
of contract documents.
Vendor And Supplier:
Refers to firm or person who will supply and/or
fabricate the equipment or material.
Contractor:
Refers to the persons, firm or company whose
tender has been accepted by the company,
Executor :
Executor is the party which carries out all or part
of construction and/or commissioning for the
project.
Inspector :
The Inspector referred to in this Standard is a
person/persons or a body appointed in writing by
the company for the inspection of fabrication and
installation work
Shall:
Is used where a provision is mandatory.
Should
Is used where a provision is advisory only.
Will:
Is normally used in connection with the action
by the “Company” rather than by a contractor,
supplier or vendor.
May:
Is used where a provision is completely
discretionary.
.‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲ رود‬
: ‫ﺷﺮﻛﺖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻫﺎي اﺻﻠﻲ و واﺑﺴﺘﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﻠﻲ ﮔﺎز اﻳﺮان‬، ‫ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
.‫ﭘﺘﺮوﺷﻴﻤﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه اﻃﻼق ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ﻳﻌﻨﻲ "ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ آن "ﺷﺮﻛﺖ" ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ و ﻳﺎ "ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎري" ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ‬
. ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻣﺪارك ﻗﺮارداد آن اﺳﺖ‬
:‫ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ و ﻳﺎ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات و ﻛﺎﻻﻫﺎي‬
. ‫ﻣﻮرد ﻟﺰوم ﺻﻨﻌﺖ را ﺗﺎﻣﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﻨﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬
‫ ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ وﻳﺎ ﺷﺮﻛﺘﻲ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدش‬، ‫ﺑﻪ ﺷﺨﺺ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻨﺎﻗﺼﻪ وﻳﺎ ﻣﺰاﻳﺪه ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
: ‫ﻣﺠﺮي‬
‫ﻣﺠﺮي ﺑﻪ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ از‬
.‫ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي اﺟﺮاﻳﻲ و ﻳﺎ راه اﻧﺪازي ﭘﺮوژه را اﻧﺠﺎم دﻫﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎزرس‬
‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎزرس ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮد ﻳﺎ ﮔﺮوﻫﻲ اﺗﻼق ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺘﺒﺎً ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻧﺼﺐ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺟﺒﺎري اﺳﺖ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ ﺿﺮورت اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻴﺸﻮد‬
:‫ﺗﺮﺟﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
: ‫ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ‬
. ‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎري ﻛﻪ اﻧﺠﺎم آن اﺧﺘﻴﺎري ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
GENERAL STANDARD
FOR
SHELL AND TUBE HEAT EXCHANGERS
SECOND REVISION
JANUARY 2010
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ دوم‬
1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
This Standard is the property of Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
All rights are reserved to the owner. Neither whole nor any
part of this document may be disclosed to any third party,
reproduced, stored in any retrieval system or transmitted in
any form or by any means without the prior written consent of
the Iranian Ministry of Petroleum.
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﺣﻘﻮق آن ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻳﺎ‬،‫ﻣﺎﻟﻚ آن ﺑﻮده و ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون رﺿﺎﻳﺖ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ وزارت ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫ ذﺧﻴﺮه‬،‫ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻳﺎ وﺳﻴﻠﻪ ازﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺗﻜﺜﻴﺮ‬، ‫ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ ﻳﺎ روش دﻳﮕﺮي در اﺧﺘﻴﺎر اﻓﺮاد ﺛﺎﻟﺚ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬،‫ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل‬،‫ﺳﺎزي‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
CONTENTS :
Page
No
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
: ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
0. INTRODUCTION ............................................. 4
4 ............................................................. ‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
1. GENERAL ......................................................... 6
6 ............................................................ ‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-1
1.1 Scope ............................................................. 6
6 ................................................. ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
1.2 References .................................................... 6
6 ........................................................ ‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬2-1
1.3 Units .............................................................. 8
8 ...................................................... ‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬3-1
1.4 Conflicting Requirements ........................... 8
8 ...........................................‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬4-1
1.5 Selection of Type.......................................... 9
9 ................................................. ‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع‬5-1
SECTION 2 (F) HEAT EXCHANGER
FABRICATION TOLERANCES:
:‫(روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬F) 2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
F-1 External Dimension, Nozzles and Support
Locations...................................................... 11
11 .............. ‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬1-F
F-3 Tube Sheets, Partitions, Covers and
Flanges.......................................................... 11
11 . ‫ درﭘﻮش ﻫﺎ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬3-F
F-4 Interchangeable Parts ................................. 11
11 ...................................... ‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬4-F
SECTION 3 (G) GENERAL FABRICATION
AND PERFORMANCE
INFORMATION:
:‫( اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬G) 3‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
G-1 Shop Operation .......................................... 12
12 ............................................ ‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬1-G
G-2 Inspection.................................................... 12
12 .....................................................‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬2-G
G-3 Name Plates ................................................ 14
14 ......................................... ‫ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-G
G-4 Drawings and ASME Code Data Reports 15
15 ... ASME ‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ و ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎي داده آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬4-G
G-5 Guarantees.................................................. 17
17 ............................................... ‫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬5-G
G-6 Preparation of Heat Exchangers for
Shipment...................................................... 18
18 ............ ‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ‬6-G
1
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
G-7 General Construction Features of
TEMA Standard Heat Exchangers ............ 19
‫ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬7-G
19 ..................................... TEMA ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
SECTION 4 (E) INSTALLATION, OPERATION
AND MAINTENANCE:
:‫ راه اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬،‫( ﻧﺼﺐ‬E) 4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
E-4 Maintenance of Heat Exchangers ............. 20
20 ..................... ‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬4-E
SECTION 5 (RCB) MECHANICAL STANDARDS
TEMA CLASS RCB:
TEMA ‫( اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬RCB) 5 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
:RCB ‫ﻛﻼس‬
RCB-1 Scope and General Requirements ....... 22
22 ...................‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-RCB
RCB-2 Tubes...................................................... 26
26 ............................................... ‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺎ‬2-RCB
RCB-3 Shells and Shell Covers ........................ 28
28 ................... ‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ و درﭘﻮش ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ‬3-RCB
RCB-4 Baffles and Support Plates ................... 29
29 ..........‫ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ و ورﻗﻬﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬4-RCB
RCB-5 Floating End Construction................... 30
30 ............................... ‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬5-RCB
RCB-7 Tubesheets ............................................. 31
31 .......................................‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ‬7-RCB
RCB-8 Flexible Shell Elements (FSE).............. 31
31 .............. (FSE) ‫ اﺟﺰاء اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬8-RCB
RCB-9 Channels, Covers and Bonnets ............ 32
32 ................ ‫ درﭘﻮش ﻫﺎ و ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﭼﻨﻞ ﻫﺎ‬9-RCB
RCB-10 Nozzles ................................................. 32
32 ............................................... ‫ ﻧﺎزل ﻫﺎ‬10-RCB
SECTION 7 (T) THERMAL RELATIONS:
:‫( رواﺑﻂ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬T) 7 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
T-1 SCOPE AND BASIC RELATIONS ......... 34
34 ........................... ‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و رواﺑﻂ اﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬1-T
APPENDICES:
:‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A ENQUIRIES AND
QUOTATIONS ............................ 35
35 ..............................‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم و ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX B HEAT EXCHANGER
SPECIFICATION SHEET .......... 37
37 .....................‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
2
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX C SCOPE OF INSPECTION AND
TESTING ...................................... 39
39 ................... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
APPENDIX D MANUFACTURE’S
NONDESTRUCTIVE
EXAMINATION RECORDS ...... 41
41 ............... ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د ﻣﺪارك آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮب ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
APPENDIX E GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE.. 46
46 .............................................. ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
3
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
0. INTRODUCTION
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﻪ‬-0
Shell and tube heat exchangers are designed and
fabricated to “Standards of the Tubular
Exchanger
Manufacturers
Association
(TEMA)". The TEMA Standards list three
mechanical standard classes of exchanger
constructions R, C and B; the classes R and C
are usually considered. (Class B is very similar
to class C). Equipment fabricated in accordance
with the requirements of class R will adequately
meet the heavy duty service requirements of
refinery units. However, there are numerous
applications which do not require this type of
construction.
‫ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
‫( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و‬TEMA) ‫اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﺳﻪ ﻛﻼس‬TEMA ‫ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ را ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ‬B ‫ و‬C ،R ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬C ‫ و‬R ‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﻮده اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻً ﻛﻼسﻫﺎي‬
-‫ ﻣﻲ‬C ‫ ﺑﺴﻴﺎر ﺷﺒﻴﻪ ﻛﻼس‬B ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﻛﻼس‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺪر‬R ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﻼس‬.(‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻓﻲ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻛﺎر ﺳﻨﮕﻴﻦ واﺣﺪﻫﺎي ﭘﺎﻻﻳﺸﮕﺎﻫﻲ را‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي زﻳﺎدي وﺟﻮد دارﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻲﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﻴﺎزي ﻧﺪارﻧﺪ‬
Steam surface condensers shall be designed and
fabricated in accordance with the standard for
steam surface condensers published by the Heat
Exchange Institute unless specified otherwise.
They are characterized by low fouling and
corrosion tendencies, requiring fouling factors
not exceeding 0.00034 m2.c°/W and corrosion
allowances not exceeding 3.2 mm for the unit
under consideration. Such units would be
considered low-maintenance items. Services
falling in this category are water-to-water
exchangers, air coolers and similar non-hydrocarbon applications, as well as some light duty
hydrocarbon services such as light ends
exchangers, offsite lube oil heaters and some
tank suction heaters. For such services, class C
construction should be considered. Although
units fabricated to either class R or class C
standards comply with all the requirements of
the pertinent codes, (ASME or other national
codes), class C units are designed for maximum
economy and may result in a cost saving of up
to 5% over class R.
‫ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮ ﻃﺒﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺗﺒﺎدل ﺣﺮارت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
‫ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎز‬،‫ﮔﺮاﻳﺶ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ و رﺳﻮب ﻛﻢ دﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﻣﻲﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬0/00034 ‫ﺑﻪ ﺿﺮاﻳﺐ رﺳﻮب ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬3/2 ‫ﺑﺮ وات و ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻢ‬.‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻦ دﺳﺘﻪ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﻨﺪي ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮﻧﺪ ﻋﺒﺎرﺗﻨﺪ از ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي آب – آب‬
،‫ﺳﺮدﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻫﻮاﻳﻲ و ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﻀﻲ از ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي ﻫﻴﺪروﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺮش ﺳﺒﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦ ﻫﺎي روﻏﻦ رواﻧﺴﺎز ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ و‬،‫ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺳﺒﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎ‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدﻫﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫ﺑﻌﻀﻲ ﮔﺮﻣﻜﻦﻫﺎي ﻣﺨﺰن ورودي‬
‫ اﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬C ‫ﻛﻼس ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
C ‫ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼس‬R ‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﻛﺪام از اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻛﻼس‬
ASME)،‫ﺑﺎ ﻫﻤﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ دارﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬C ‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻛﻼس‬،(‫ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻠﻲ‬
%5 ‫اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺑﻮدن ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ و ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﺎ‬
.‫ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬،R ‫ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﻼس‬
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﺎﻻ و ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﻣﻜﻤﻞ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬2007 ‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﺎل‬TEMA
.‫(" اراﺋﻪ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬TEMA) ‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﺬاري ﺑﻨﺪﻫﺎ و ﺑﺨﺸﻬﺎي‬،‫ﺟﻬﺖ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ آﺳﺎن‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار‬TEMA ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ "ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ" در ﺷﺮوع اﻳﻦ‬1 ‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
.‫ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬TEMA ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
This Material and Engineering Standard gives
the supplement to TEMA Standard Nine
Edition 2007 "Standards of the Tubular
Exchanger
Manufacturers
Association
(TEMA)". For ease of reference, the clauses or
sections numbering of TEMA Standard, has
been used throughout this standard with the
exception of Section 1 "General" at the
beginning of this Standard which is added to the
TEMA Standard.
4
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
Clauses in TEMA Standard not mentioned here
remain unaltered.
‫ ﻛﻪ در اﻳﻨﺠﺎ ﻣﻮرد اﺷﺎره ﻗﺮار‬TEMA ‫ﺑﻨﺪي در اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﻧﮕﺮﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﻲﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
For the purpose of this Standard, the following
definitions shall hold:
‫ﺗﻌﺎرﻳﻒ زﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﻔﻆ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
Sub. (Substitution): The TEMA Standard
clause is deleted and replaced by a new clause.
‫ ﺣﺬف‬TEMA ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬:(‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
Del. (Deletion): The TEMA Standard clause is
deleted without any replacement.
‫ ﺑﺪون ﻫﻴﭻ‬TEMA ‫ ﺑﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬:(‫ﺣﺬف)ﺣﺬف‬
Add. (Addition): A new clause with a new
number is added.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﺪﻳﺪي اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬:(‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
Mod. (Modification) Part of the TEMA
Standard clause is modified, and/or a new
description and/or condition is added to that
clause.
‫ اﺻﻼح‬TEMA ‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﺑﻨﺪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬:(‫اﺻﻼح)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪي ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺣﺬف ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺷﺪه و ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﻳﺎ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺷﺪه‬
.‫اﺳﺖ‬
5
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
1. GENERAL
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬-1
1.1 Scope
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬1-1
This
Standard
covers
the
minimum
requirements for design and fabrication of shell
and tube heat-exchangers, based on "Standards
of the Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers
Association (TEMA)" Nine Edition 2007. This
Standard is supplemented to the TEMA
Standard.
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب را ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي اﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬
‫(" ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﻧﻬﻢ ﺳﺎل‬TEMA) ‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻜﻤﻞ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬.‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻲدﻫﺪ‬2007
.‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬TEMA
Deviations from this Standard or the TEMA
Standard are not permitted without the prior
written approval of the Company.
‫ ﺑﺪون‬TEMA ‫اﻧﺤﺮاف از اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺷﺮﻛﺖ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Such approval shall be valid only for a specific
case, and shall not be construed as having
general validity for wider application. (Add)
‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪاي ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﻮرد ﺧﺎص ﻣﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان داﺷﺘﻦ اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد وﺳﻴﻊ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻔﺴﻴﺮ ﮔﺮدد‬
:1 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 1:
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ در اردﻳﺒﻬﺸﺖ‬
‫( ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ‬1) ‫ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬1385 ‫ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد داراي‬0) ‫ از اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬.‫ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫اﻋﺘﺒﺎر ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
This is a revised version of the standard
specification by the relevant technical
committee on May. 2007, which is issued as
revision (1). Revision (0) of the said standard
specification is withdrawn.
:2 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 2:
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻓﻮق‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد دو زﺑﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻛﻤﻴﺘﻪ ﻓﻨﻲ‬1388 ‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ﻣﺎه ﺳﺎل‬
‫ از‬.‫( اراﻳﻪ ﻣﻲﮔﺮدد‬2) ‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
.‫( اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻨﺴﻮخ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1) ‫اﻳﻦ ﭘﺲ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ‬
This bilingual standard is a revised version of
the standard specification by the relevant
technical committee on Jan 2010, which is
issued as revision (2). Revision (1) of the said
standard specification is withdrawn.
:3 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
Note 3:
‫ ﻣﺘﻦ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرت اﺧﺘﻼف ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺘﻦ ﻓﺎرﺳﻲ و اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻼك ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
In case of conflict between Farsi and English
languages, English language shall govern.
‫ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ‬2-1
1.2 References
‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ و اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار و‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪي ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ زﻳﺮ اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از‬،‫در اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪاﻧﺪ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ دار‬.‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﺤﺴﻮب ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻣﻼك ﺑﻮده و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎرﻓﺮﻣﺎ‬،‫وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ در آﻧﻬﺎ داده ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
،‫ در ﻣﺮاﺟﻊ ﺑﺪون ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬.‫و ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﺟﺮا ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫آﺧﺮﻳﻦ وﻳﺮاﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ اﻧﻀﻤﺎم ﻛﻠﻴﻪ اﺻﻼﺣﺎت و ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻬﺎي‬
.‫آن ﻣﻼك ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
Throughout this Standard the following dated
and undated standards/codes are referred to.
These referenced documents shall, to the extent
specified herein, form a part of this standard.
For dated references, the edition cited applies.
The applicability of changes in dated references
that occur after the cited date shall be mutually
agreed upon by the company and the vendor.
For undated references, the latest edition of the
referenced
documents
(including
any
supplements and amendments) applies.
6
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
( ‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬TEMA
TEMA (STANDARDS OF THE TUBULAR
EXCHANGER
MANUFACTURERS
ASSOCIATION)
TEMA Nine Edition 2007
TEMA Nine Edition 2007
‫اﻧﺠﻤﻦ‬
‫")اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي‬
"(‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪﮔﺎن ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻲ‬
"Standards of the Tubular
Exchanger manufacturers
Association"
ASME
(AMERICAN
SOCIETY
MECHANICAL ENGINEERS)
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻚ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASME
OF
Section VIII, Division 1(2007)
Section VIII, Division 1(2007)
Section II
"Material Specification"
‫"آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
"(2007)
"‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد‬
Section IX
"Welding and
Qualifications"
‫"ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و‬
"‫ﻟﺤﻴﻢ ﻛﺎري‬
"Pressure Vessel Code"
Brazing
‫"راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪﻫﺎي‬
"‫ﻓﺸﺎرﮔﻴﺮي و ﻓﺸﺎر زداﻳﻲ‬
"Guide for Pressure and
Depressuring System"
ASTM (AMERICAN SOCIETY
TESTING AND MATERIALS)
Section IX
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﻧﻔﺖ آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬API
API(AMERICAN PETROLEUM INSTITUTE)
RP. 521
Section II
RP. 521
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ آزﻣﻮن و ﻣﻮاد آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASTM
FOR
A-193
"Specification for Alloy
Steel and Stainless Steel
Bolting Materials for High
Temperature Service"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي و ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن‬
"‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
A-193
A-194
"Specification for Carbon
and Alloy-Steel Nuts for
Bolts for High Pressure and
High Temperature Service"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻬﺮهﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي‬
‫و ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ ﺑﺮاي‬
"‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ و دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ‬
A-194
A-320
"Specification for AlloySteel Bolting Materials for
Low Pressure Service"
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري‬
‫ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
"‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫"ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد‬
‫ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ؛ ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ و‬
"‫ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ‬
A-320
ASTM – A 450 "Standard Specification for
General Requirements for
Carbon, Ferritic Alloy, and
Austenitic Alloy Steel
Tubes"
ASTM – A 450
(‫ ) اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬IPS
IPS(IRANIAN PETROLEUM STANDARDS)
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
"‫ﺗﺒﺎدل ﺣﺮارت‬
IPS-E-PR-771 "Engineering Standard for
Process Requirements of
Heat
Exchanging
Equipment"
7
IPS-E-PR-771
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
IPS-G-ME-150 "Standard for Towers,
Reactors Pressure Vessels
and Internals"
،‫ رآﻛﺘﻮرﻫﺎ‬،‫ "اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﺮﺟﻬﺎ‬IPS-G-ME-150
‫ﻇﺮوف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر و اﺟﺰاء‬
"‫داﺧﻠﻲ‬
IPS-E-GN-100 "Engineering Standard for
Units"
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
"‫واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬
IPS-E-GN-100
(‫ )ﻣﻮﺳﺴﻪ ﺗﺒﺎدل ﺣﺮارت‬HEI
HEI (HEAT EXCHANGE INSTITUTE)
"Standard
for
Steam
Surface Condensers"
"‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﭼﮕﺎﻟﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر‬
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻠﻲ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬NACE /ISO
NACE /ISO (NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
OF CORROSION ENGINEERS)
NACE MR0175/ISO 1515
NACE MR0175/ISO 1515
‫"ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ‬
‫ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎوي‬
‫ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و‬
" (2003) ‫ﮔﺎز‬
"Petroleum and Natural
Gas Industries Materials for
Use in H2S-Containing
Environments in Oil and
Gas Production (2003) "
(‫ )اﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﺎن ﻋﻤﺮان آﻣﺮﻳﻜﺎ‬ASCE
ASCE (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL
ENGINEERS)
ASCE-7-05
‫ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ‬
"Minimum Design Load
for Building and Other
Structures"
‫ﺑﺮاي‬
1.3 Units
‫"ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
"‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ‬
ASCE-7-05
‫ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬3-1
This standard is based on International System
of Units (SI), as per IPS-E-GN-100 except
where otherwise specified.
،(SI) ‫ ﺑﺮﻣﺒﻨﺎي ﻧﻈﺎم ﺑﻴﻦ اﻟﻤﻠﻠﻲ واﺣﺪﻫﺎ‬،‫اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ‬،‫ ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬IPS-E-GN-100 ‫ﻣﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
.‫در ﻣﺘﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺑﻪ واﺣﺪ دﻳﮕﺮي اﺷﺎره ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت در اﺳﻨﺎد‬4-1
1.4 Conflicting Requirements
‫در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد اﺧﺘﻼف و ﺗﻨﺎﻗﺾ در اﺳﻨﺎد و ﻣﺪارك‬
‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ در‬،‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮط ﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﻣﻮرد ﻣﺪارك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
In the case of conflict between documents
relating to the inquiry or order, the following
priority of documents shall apply:
.‫ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮات آن‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ اول‬-
- First Priority: Purchase order and variations
thereto.
.‫ داده ﺑﺮگﻫﺎ و ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎ‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ دوم‬-
- Second Priority: Data sheets and drawings.
.‫ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬: ‫ اوﻟﻮﻳﺖ ﺳﻮم‬-
- Third Priority: This Standard.
‫ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﻐﺎﻳﺮت ﻫﺎ در اﺳﻨﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺼﻮرت ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي روﺷﻦ ﻛﺮدن‬.‫ارﺟﺎع داده ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ ﻣﺪارك ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪي را ﺻﺎدر ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﻛﺮد‬،‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
All conflicting requirements shall be referred to
the Purchaser in writing. The Purchaser will
issue confirmation document if needed for
clarification.
8
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
1.5 Selection of Type
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع‬5-1
The following order of preference shall be used
in selecting a type of heat exchanger:
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺗﺮي زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻮع ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﻮرد‬
:‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
a) Fixed tube sheet heat exchangers shall be
used only in services where all of the
following conditions are satisfied:
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮبﺷﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در‬
- Stresses caused by differential expansion
between the tubes and the shell shall not
exceed the design stress limits. A floating
head type or U-tube type heat exchanger
should be selected if flexibility is required
to avoid overstressing. The use of a flexible
shell element is allowed only if required by
specific process requirements and shall be
agreed by the Purchaser.
‫ ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از اﺧﺘﻼف اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ و‬.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﺶ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻓﺮاﺗﺮ رود‬
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي از ﺗﻨﺶ ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮي ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬.‫ ﺗﻴﻮب اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬U ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور ﻳﺎ از ﻧﻮع‬
‫از ﻳﻚ ﺟﺰء ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز‬
‫اﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي وﻳﮋه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮرد ﻗﺒﻮل ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
- Shell side fluid is non-fouling, or shell
side fouling can be removed by chemical
cleaning.
‫ ﺳﻴﺎل ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ رﺳﻮب ﻧﻜﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬‫رﺳﻮب در ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺘﻮان ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
.‫آن را از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮد‬
- Start-up, turn down and other operating
scenarios shall be considered.
‫ از ﻛﺎراﻧﺪازي و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻃﺮحﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ‬،‫ راه اﻧﺪازي‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
- Winter conditions, steaming
conditions, etc. shall be considered.
out
‫ ﺑﺨﺎرزﻧﻲ و ﻏﻴﺮه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ‬،‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻣﺴﺘﺎﻧﻲ‬.‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
be
.‫ ﻣﻠﺰوﻣﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬-
- Inspection
considered.
requirements
shall
‫ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﻘﻂ‬U ‫ب ( ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل ﻧﻮع‬
b) U-tube bundle heat exchangers shall be
used only in services where at least one of
the following conditions are satisfied:
- Tube side mechanical cleaning is not
required or, if it is required, then
mechanical cleaning shall be possible. In
this respect tube side mechanical cleaning is
considered possible if the centre to centre
distance between the parallel legs of the Utube is at least 150 mm. However, this latter
option may be used only if required by
specific process requirements
‫در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻜﻲ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ زﻳﺮ را ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ‬
:‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر روﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ اﮔﺮ‬‫ در‬.‫ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ راﺑﻄﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﻤﻜﻦ در‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد اﮔﺮ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗــﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬150 ‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬U ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﻮازي ﺗﻴﻮب‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل اﻳﻦ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود ﻛﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي وﻳﮋه ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
- Tube side fouling can be removed by
chemical cleaning.
‫ رﺳﻮب ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬.‫از ﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮود‬
9
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ج ( ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﻪ‬
c) Floating head heat exchangers should be
used in all other services.
.‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲﻫﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
1.5.1 Shell selection
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬1-5-1
The single-pass shell, Type E, shall be selected
for general duties, except as indicated below:
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬،E ‫ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﺗﻚ ﮔﺬر‬،‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
:‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬،‫آﻧﭽﻪ در زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
- Where the temperature profile of the
process fluids (temperature cross) requires
two or more heat exchangers with more than
one tube side pass in series, the Type F may
be considered in order to reduce the number
of shells in series.
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻨﺤﻨﻲ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻴﺎﻻت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي )ﺗﻘﺎﻃﻊ‬‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬2 ‫دﻣﺎﻳﻲ( ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ‬
F ‫ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ﻳﻚ ﮔﺬر ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺳﺮي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺮي در‬
.‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
- Where the shell side pressure drop is a
constraint, the divided flow shell Type J or
crossflow shell Type X or double-split flow
shell Type H should be considered.
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ داراي ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ‬‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬J ‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ ﺷﺪه ﻧﻮع‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن دوﺑﺎره ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ‬X ‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺘﻘﺎﻃﻊ ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬H ‫ﺷﺪه ﻧﻮع‬
- For horizontal shell side thermosyphon
reboilers, the split flow shell, Type G or
Type H, should be selected.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﻓﻘﻲ ﺑﺎزﺟﻮشآورﻫﺎي ﺳﻴﻔﻮن‬‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬H ‫ ﻳﺎ‬G ‫ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻣﺠﺰا‬، ‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
.‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
- The kettle type shell, Type K, should be
selected for boiling where almost 100%
vaporization (0-5% entrainment) is required
or where phase separation is required.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮشآوري در‬،K ‫ ﻧﻮع‬،‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬0) ‫ درﺻﺪ ﺗﺒﺨﻴﺮﺳﺎزي‬100 ً‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬
‫درﺻﺪ ﻫﻤﺮاهﺑﺮي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ( ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺟﺎﻳﻴﻜﻪ‬
.‫ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزي ﻓﺎز ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز اﺳﺖ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ و ﻋﻘﺒﻲ‬2-5-1
1.5.2 Front end and rear end selection
B ‫ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﻠﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ ﻧﻮع‬
In general, bonnet Type B should be used for
the front end stationary head. For watercooled
exchangers where frequent tube side cleaning is
anticipated and the tube side design pressure is
less than 10 bar (ga), the front end stationary
head shall be Type A.
Rear end head Type M should be used for fixed
tubesheet designs; however, for heat exchangers
with a Type A front end stationary head and an
odd number of tube passes, Type L shall be
selected.
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﺷﻮ ﻛﻪ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري‬.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻜﺮر ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﻣﻲرود و ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ‬،‫ ﺑﺎر )ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( اﺳﺖ‬10 ‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬A ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ‬M ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
L ‫ و ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮔﺬر ﺗﻴﻮب ﻓﺮد ﻧﻮع‬A ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
Rear end head Type S should be used for
floating head type heat exchangers with a
nominal shell diameter of more than DN 250.
For heat exchangers with a shell diameter up to
DN 250 an alternative construction is allowed if
agreed by the Purchaser. Rear end head Type T
shall be used for a kettle type heat exchanger
with floating head.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬S ‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻧﻮع‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ‬250 ‫ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬.‫ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﺟﺎزه‬250
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬T ‫ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻋﻘﺒﻲ ﻧﻮع‬.‫داده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
10
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
SECTION 2 (F)
(F) 2 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
HEAT EXCHANGER FABRICATION
TOLERANCES
‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
and
‫ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ و ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬،‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬1-F
F-1.1 For stacked exchangers having
interconnecting nozzles, in no case shall the
gasket faces of mating flanges be out of
parallel by more than 1 mm.
(Add)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﭘﺸﺖ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ داراي ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺼﻞ‬1-1-F
F-1 External Dimension,
Support Locations
Nozzles
‫ در ﻫﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻻﻳﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎي ﺟﻔﺖ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺧﺎرج از ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻣﻮازي ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1 ‫ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺟﺪاﺳﺎزﻫﺎ‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬3-F
F-3 Tube Sheets, Partitions, Covers and
Flanges
Note 6:
:6 ‫ﻳﺎدآوري‬
However the plus tolerance on dimension R4
shall be 5 mm. see Fig F.
(Add)
5 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬R4 ‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل ﺧﻄﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز اﺿﺎﻓﻪ روي اﻧﺪازه‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﺷﻜﻞ )و( را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ‬4-F
F-4 Interchangeable Parts
Tolerances on interchangeable parts between
exchangers shall be identical.
(Add)
‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي روي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
11
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
SECTION 3 (G)
(G) 3‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
GENERAL FABRICATION AND
PERFORMANCE INFORMATION
‫اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه‬1-G
G-1 Shop Operation
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎريﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬1-1-G
G-1.1 All welding shall conform to ASME
code requirements. Pressure holding seams,
nozzle attachments and similar joints shall be
full penetration butt joints.
(Add.)
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ ﺟﻮشﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻓﺸﺎر‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME
‫و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻟﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻟﺐ ﻧﻔﻮذي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
G-1.2 Welds attaching other nonpressure
attachments (such as lugs or structural steel
supports) shall be continuous to the full size
requirements.
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻠﺤﻘﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬2-1-G
G-1.3 Welds attaching insulation support rings
need not be continuous.
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﻋﺎﻳﻖ را وﺻﻞ‬3-1-G
‫)ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻدي ﺳﺎزهاي( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺪازه‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻻزم ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬2-G
G-2 Inspection
6-2.1 Manufacturer's inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬1-2-6
G-2.11 Welding procedure and welders
performance qualifications shall be in
accordance with the requirements of ASME
code Section IX.
(Add.)
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲﻫﺎي ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و‬11-2-G
‫ از آﻳﻴﻦ‬IX ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎران ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ زﻣﺎﻧﻬﺎي ﻳﺎدآوري ﺑﻪ‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬12-2-G
G-2.12 before start of fabrication, the times of
notifying the Purchaser for inspections shall be
agreed upon between the purchaser and the
manufacturer. The manufacturer shall also
notify the Purchaser of the date for bundle
insertion and final inspection and test. (Add.)
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺟﻬﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار را از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﻗﺮار دادن‬.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
.‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ و آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
G-2.13 Final weld inspection shall be
performed after post-weld heat treatment.
(Add.)
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬13-2-G
G-2.14 On components subject to full
radiography, nozzle attachment welds that
cannot be radiographed shall be examined for
the presence of cracks by magnetic-particle,
liquid-penetrant or ultrasonic methods.
Examination shall apply to the root pass after
back chipping, or after flame gouging where
applicable, and to the complete weld. Any
defects revealed shall be removed before the
weld is finished.
(Add.)
،‫ در ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬14-2-G
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي اﺗﺼﺎل ﻧﺎزل ﻛﻪ ﻧﻤﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ وﺟﻮد ﺗﺮكﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي‬.‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻳﺎ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﭘﺎس رﻳﺸﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﺑﺎرﺑﺮداري از ﭘﺸﺖ ﺟﻮش ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ از‬
‫ﻓﻠﺰﺑﺮداري ﺳﻄﺢ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ در ﻣﻮارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و روي ﻛﻞ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻴﺒﻲ آﺷﻜﺎر ﮔﺮدﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از‬.‫ﺟﻮش اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮﻃﺮف ﮔﺮدد‬
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬15-2-G
G-2.15 If full radiography is not specified, at
least one spot radiograph shall be made of each
Category A and B joint (as defined by Section
VIII, Division 1, of the ASME Code). Nozzle
‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل دﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ آﻳﻴﻦ‬، VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ )ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﺨﺶ‬B ‫ و‬A
12
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
welds are excluded from this requirement.
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻧﺎزل از‬.‫ آﻣﺪه اﺳﺖ( اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬ASME ‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
G-2.16 The magnetic-particle examination and
the criteria for acceptance shall comply with
Appendix 6. Section VIII, Division 1, of the
ASME Code.
(Add.)
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬16-2-G
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰام ﻣﺴﺘﺜﻨﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،6 ‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASME
‫ ﻳﻚ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬17-2-G
G-2.17 For non magnetic materials, a liquidpenetrant examination shall be used in place of
any required magnetic-particle examination.
(Add.)
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎي ﻫﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬
‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ و ﻣﻌﻴﺎر ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬18-2-G
G-2.18 The liquid-penetrant examination and
the criteria for acceptance shall comply with
Appendix 8. Section VIII, Division 1, of the
ASME Code.
(Add.)
ASME ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬VIII ‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،8 ‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮﻳﻨﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎ‬225 ‫ ﺳﺨﺘﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬19-2-G
G-2.19 Hardness shall not exceed 225 Brinell
for materials with P numbers of 1, 3, or 4, or
240 Brinell for materials with P numbers of 5,
6 or 7.
(Add.)
‫ ﺑﺮﻳﻨﻞ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮاد‬240 ‫ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬4 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬3 ،1 ‫ ؛‬P ‫ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬6 ،5 ‫ ؛‬P ‫ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎرهﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬110-2-G
G-2.110 Manufacturer shall prepare records of
nondestructive
examinations
performed.
Examples of such records are given in
Appendix D.
(Add.)
‫ ﻧﻤﻮﻧﻪﻫﺎﻳﻲ از اﻳﻦ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ‬.‫ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﺪات در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )د( اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻗﻄﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬111-2-G
G-2.111 Shells shall be checked for tolerances
on diameters. Removable tube bundles shall be
checked for ease of insertion by locating in the
shell at two positions 180° apart unless
otherwise agreed with the Purchaser. (Add.)
‫آﺳﺎن ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻦ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬180 ‫در ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ در دو ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد ﻣﮕﺮ آﻧﻜﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت دﻳﮕﺮي ﺑﺎ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﮔﺮدد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
G-2.112 Tube holes shall be checked for finish
and grooving prior to the fitting of tubes in the
tube sheet.
(Add.)
‫ ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ و ﺷﻴﺎرزﻧﻲ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬112-2-G
G-2.113 After expansion, the length of
expansion and the amount of tube wall thinning
due to expansion shall be checked. If seal or
strength welding is specified, the qualification
of such welds shall be approved by the
authorized inspector.
(Add.)
‫ ﻃﻮل اﻧﺒﺴﺎط و ﻣﻴﺰان ﻧﺎزك‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از اﻧﺒﺴﺎط‬113-2-G
‫ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ داﺧﻞ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﺷﺪن دﻳﻮاره ﺗﻴﻮب در اﺛﺮ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ‬،‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و ﻣﻴﺰان ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬114-2-G
G-2.114 Scope and extent of inspection for
shell and tube heat exchangers are given in
Appendix C as a guide.
(Add.)
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب در ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ج( ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان راﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
13
.‫اراﺋﻪ ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬3-G
‫ ﻫﺮ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻳﻚ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬1-3-G
‫ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫ در ﻳﻚ‬،‫ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه‬
.‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ و روﻳﺖ ﻧﺰدﻳﻚ اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
،‫اﮔﺮ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻲ داراي آراﻳﺶ ﺑﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮي ﻗﺮار داده ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از‬
(‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻫﺎ ﭘﻨﻬﺎن ﻧﻤﺎﻧﺪ‬
G-3 Name Plates
G-3.1 Each exchanger shall be provided with a
stainless steel nameplate securely attached to
the nameplate bracket which is welded to
exchanger shell in an accessible and visible
position near the channel end. Where the
exchanger is to be lagged the nameplate shall
be mounted so that it will not be obscured by
the lagging.
(Sub.)
:‫ ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ را ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ‬11-3-G
G-3.11 The name plate shall indicate:
a) Manufacturer’s name.
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﺎم ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
b) Manufacturer’s serial number.
.‫ب ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﺮﻳﺎل ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
c) Design code.
d) Design pressure,
.‫ج ( آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
Shell .................
........................ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Tube ..................
.......................... ‫ﺗﻴﻮب‬
e) Design temperature, Shell .................
........................‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Tube ................
f) Test pressure,
،‫د ( ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
،‫ﻫ( دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.......................... ‫ﺗﻴﻮب‬
Shell .................
........................‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Tube .................
.......................... ‫ﺗﻴﻮب‬
g) Max. allowable working pressure
،‫و (ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ز ( ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻛﺎري ﻣﺠﺎز‬
Shell .................
........................ ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Tube .................
.......................... ‫ﺗﻴﻮب‬
h) Min. Design Metal Temperature
‫ح ( ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
Shell .................
........................‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Tube .................
.......................... ‫ﺗﻴﻮب‬
i) Weight of heat exchanger and tube
bundle,
.‫ط ( وزن ﻣﺒﺪل و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬
.‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬SR ‫ي ( ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬
j) The letter SR, if stress relieved.
k) The letter "Full" if completely radio
graphed and "Spot" if Partially Radio
graphed.
‫" اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه و‬Full" ‫ك( ﻛﻠﻤﻪ‬
l) User’s Tag No. and exchanger name and
Order No.
‫ل ( ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه و ﻧﺎم ﻣﺒﺪل و ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.‫" اﮔﺮ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري ﻧﻘﻄﻪاي ﺷﺪه اﺳﺖ‬Spot"
.‫ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
m) Year built.
.‫م ( ﺳﺎل ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬
n) Shell and tube bundle material.
.‫ن ( ﺟﻨﺲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬
14
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
o) Any additional information required by
the Purchaser.
(Sub.)
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
(‫ )ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬.‫س( ﻫﺮ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
G-4 Drawings and ASME Code Data
Reports
ASME ‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و ﮔﺰارشﻫﺎي داده آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬4-G
G-4.11 Welding procedure specifications and
procedure qualifications records shall be
submitted by the fabricator for Purchaser’s
review and approval prior to the start of
fabrication.
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري و اﺳﻨﺎد‬11-4-G
Welder’s performance qualification records
shall be made available for Purchaser’s review,
upon request.
(Add.)
‫در ﺻﻮرت درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ اﺳﻨﺎد ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎر‬
G-4.12 Within the time specified after receipt
of the purchase order, the vendor shall submit
general arrangement and/or detailed workshop
drawings and design calculations for
Purchaser’s approval.
‫ در ﻃﻲ زﻣﺎن ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﭘﺲ از اﻋﻼم رﺳﻴﺪ‬12-4-G
These drawings shall show the complete unit to
be supplied and shall give the following
technical information:
‫اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ را ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﺪ و‬
:‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ زﻳﺮ را اراﺋﻪ دﻫﺪ‬
‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
.‫ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺷﺮوع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺮح ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ و ﻳﺎ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ و ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ را ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
.‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
- The service, the Purchaser’s items number,
project name and location, purchase order
number and vendor’s shop order number.
،‫ ﻧﺎم ﭘﺮوژه و ﻣﺤﻞ‬،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره اﻗﻼم ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬،‫ ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ‬.‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﻛﺎرﮔﺎه ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
.‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ)ﻫﺎي( ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬-
- Design code(s).
- The design pressure, design temperature,
test pressure, and any restrictions on testing
or operation of the exchanger.
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن و ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ؛ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬.‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻣﺒﺪل‬
- The nozzles and connection size, location,
orientation, projection, direction of flow,
and if flanged, the rating and facing.
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ‬،‫ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ زاوﻳﻪاي‬،‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ‬، ‫ اﻧﺪازه‬‫ رده و ﻧﻮع ﺳﻄﺢ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎ‬،‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻴﺎل و اﮔﺮ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻲ ﺑﻮد‬
.‫و اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬
- The dimensions and location of supports,
including bolt holes and slots, and the
stacking arrangement.
‫ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﭘﻴﭻ و‬،‫ اﺑﻌﺎد و ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎ‬‫ﺷﻜﺎفﻫﺎ )ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﻟﻮﺑﻴﺎﻳﻲ( و آراﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺮدﮔﻲ‬
.(‫)ﺳﺮي ﺑﻮدن‬
- The overall dimensions of the exchanger.
.‫ اﺑﻌﺎد ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﺒﺪل‬-
- The tube bundle removal clearance.
.‫ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻦ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬-
- The weight of the exchanger, empty and
full of water, and of the tube bundle.
.‫ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ و ﭘﺮ از آب‬،‫ وزن ﻣﺒﺪل و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬-
- Tube pitch.
.‫ ﮔﺎم ﺗﻴﻮب‬-
- Tube to tubesheet attachment.
.‫ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ‬15
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
- Number of tubes.
.‫ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ‬-
- The specified corrosion allowance for
shell and tube side of the exchanger.
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و‬.‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺒﺪل‬
- Total heat transfer surface area.
.‫ ﻣﺴﺎﺣﺖ ﻛﻠﻲ ﺳﻄﺢ اﻧﺘﻘﺎل ﺣﺮارت‬.‫ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد‬ASTM ‫ ﺷﻤﺎره‬-
- ASTM number or specification number of
the material,
- Heat treatment required.
.‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز‬-
- Tolerances.
.‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎ‬-
- Non-destructive test requirements.
.‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آزﻣﻮن ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب‬-
- The requirements for material impact
testing, if any.
.‫ در ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬،‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﻮاد‬-
- Surface preparation and painting. (Add.)
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ و رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي‬-
G-4.13 Shop fabrication of the parts shall not
be started before the relevant vendor’s and/or
sub-contractor’s drawings have been approved
by the Purchaser.
(Add.)
‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه و ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬13-4-G
G-4.21 After fabrication and inspection have
been completed, the vendor shall furnish the
Purchaser with four Printed copies including
with electronic files of the following
documents:
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﭘﺲ از ﭘﺎﻳﺎن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ‬21-4-G
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺮوع ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﻲ ﻫﻤﺮاه ﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎي اﻟﻜﺘﺮوﻧﻴﻜﻲ اﺳﻨﺎد زﻳﺮ را‬4
:‫ﺑﺮاي ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
- AS-built specification sheet that includes
material specifications and grades for all
pressure parts.
‫ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﻮاد‬.‫و رده ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
- AS- built drawings.
.‫ ﻧﻘﺸﻪ ﻫﺎي ﭼﻮن ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‬‫ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬،1 ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ‬،U-1 ‫ ﮔﺰارش داده ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه )ﻓﺮم‬.(‫ را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬ASME ‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،VIII
- Manufacturer’s data report ( see Form U1, Section VIII, Division 1 of the ASME
code).
- Copy (Photo) of nameplate..
‫ روﮔﺮﻓﺖ )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ( از ﭘﻼك ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬-
- Certified material test reports or
certificates of compliance, as required by
the ASME code.
‫ ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﻣﻮاد ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻫﺎي‬.ASME ‫ ﺑﺮ اﺳﺎس اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬،‫اﻧﻄﺒﺎق‬
- The temperature-recorder charts made
during post-weld heat treatment.
‫ ﻧﻤﻮدارﻫﺎي ﺛﺒﺖﻛﻨﻨﺪه دﻣﺎي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﺪه ﻃﻲ‬.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش‬
- Inspection records and reports (see
Appendix C and D).
(Add.)
‫ ﮔﺰارﺷﻬﺎ و اﺳﻨﺎد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ )ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎي )ج( و )د( را‬(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
16
.(‫ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
،‫ ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3-4-G
G-4.3 Unless otherwise agreed, the drawings,
specification and the design are to be
considered the property of the Purchaser and
the Purchaser shall have the right to use these
drawings, etc., for any purpose without
obligation to the vendor.
(Sub.)
‫ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان داراﻳﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در‬،‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد و ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اﺟﺎزه دارد ﻛﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮه را ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻫﺪﻓﻲ ﺑﺪون ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
(.‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬5-G
G-5 Guarantees
G-5.2 Performance
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد‬2-5-G
The Purchaser shall furnish the manufacturer
with all information needed for clear
understanding of performance requirements,
including any special requirements. The
manufacturer
shall
guarantee
thermal
performance and mechanical design of a heat
exchanger, when operated at the design
conditions specified by the Purchaser in his
order, or shown on the exchanger specification
sheet furnished by the manufacturer (Figure G5.2, G-5.2M).
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﻣﻲ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﻣﻮرد ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺮاي درك روﺷﻦ از‬
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮدي ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ اﻟﺰام ﺧﺎص را ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اراﺋﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد دﻣﺎﻳﻲ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺒﺪل‬.‫ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ در‬،‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ را زﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده در ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺒﺪل‬
‫)ﺷﻜﻞ‬.‫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻛﺎر ﻣﻲﻛﻨﺪ‬
.(M-2-5-G ‫ و‬2-5-G
Suppliers shall guarantee that the furnished
materials and accessories will be free from any
inherent defects in workmanship and material
and that they will give proper and continuous
service under the operating and design
conditions specified, for one year after being
placed in service or 18 months after date of
shipment see Appendix E.
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد و ﻟﻮازم ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﻋﺎري از ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻋﻴﺐ در ﻧﺤﻮه ﺳﺎﺧﺖ و ﺟﻨﺲ‬
‫ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد داﺋﻤﻲ و ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ و‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﻳﻜﺴﺎل ﭘﺲ از ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي در‬
.‫ ﻣﺎه ﭘﺲ از ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ داﺷﺖ‬18 ‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ( را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬
The
manufacturer
shall
assume
no
responsibility for excessive fouling of the
apparatus by material such as coke, silt, scale,
or any foreign substance that may be deposited.
The thermal guarantee shall not be applicable
to exchangers where the thermal performance
rating was made by the Purchaser. (Mod.)
‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻓﺮض ﻛﻨﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﻲ در ﻗﺒﺎل رﺳﻮب‬
‫ ﮔﺮد و‬،‫ ﻟﺠﻦ‬،‫ﺑﻴﺶ از ﺣﺪ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮادي ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻛﻚ‬
،‫ﻏﺒﺎر ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ رﺳﻮب ﻛﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻨﺠﺶ‬.‫ﻧﺪارد‬
‫)ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ( ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺻﻮرت ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
(‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﺷﻮد‬،‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از راه اﻧﺪازي ﻣﺒﺪل‬23-5-G
G-5.23 In the event of failure covered by
suppliers guarantee, after the exchanger has
been commissioned, Purchaser shall notify the
supplier thereof as soon as possible. Supplier
will have the following choices with his
responsibility and account on repair and
shipment:
‫ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﮔﻮﻧﻪ اﺷﻜﺎﻟﻲ در ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آﻳﺪ‬
.‫در ﻛﻮﺗﺎهﺗﺮﻳﻦ زﻣﺎن ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه را ﻣﻄﻠﻊ ﺳﺎزد‬
‫ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ و ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و‬
.‫ﺣﻤﻞ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ از اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻫﺎي زﻳﺮ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) Having the material returned to their
works for repair.
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎز ﮔﺮداﻧﺪن ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﮔﺎﻫﺶ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ‬
b) Effecting the repair at the site where the
equipment is located.
.‫ب ( اﻧﺠﺎم ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ در ﻣﺤﻠﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
17
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
c) Authorizing the Purchaser to repair on
Vendor’s responsibility and account.
(Add.)
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ج ( اﺟﺎزه ﺑﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺖ و‬
.‫ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻴﻜﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬4-5-G
G-5.4 Manufacturer’s Guarantee shall provide
coverage for any deterioration due to corrosion,
erosion, flow-induced tube vibration or any
other causes, where as the equipment is
operated at the design conditions specified by
the Purchaser in his order or shown on the
exchanger specification sheet. see Appendix E.
(Sub.)
‫در ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه در ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ اﻳﺮاد ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از‬،‫ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد‬
‫ ﻟﺮزش ﺗﻴﻮب ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ‬،‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
(‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.(‫ )ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ )ﻫ ( را ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ‬.‫ﻋﻠﺖ دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﻤﻞ‬6-G
G-6 Preparation of Heat Exchangers for
Shipment
‫ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ‬2-6-G
G-6.2 Draining
‫ روﻏﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎت دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﻜﺎر رﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري و‬،‫آب‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ از‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ از آب ﺑﺮاي‬.‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
Water, oil, or other liquids used for cleaning or
hydrostatic testing are to be completely drained
from all units before shipment. The unit shall
be dried when water is used for testing .(Mod.)
(.‫ )اﺻﻼح‬.‫ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدد‬،‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﭘﺦ ﺧﻮردهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬31-6-G
G-6.31 Connections that are beveled for
welding shall be suitably covered to protect the
bevel from damage.
(Add.)
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪه ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﺎ ﭘﺦ در ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ آﺳﻴﺐ‬
.‫ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺷﻮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
G-6.5 Apart from any special stipulations on
packing and shipping as laid down in the
requisition or order, all parts shall be packed in
such a way as to prevent damage during
transport to its destination.
(Sub.)
‫ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ از ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺧﺎص در ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي و ﺣﻤﻞ‬5-6-G
G-6.7 The following parts shall be stamped
with the serial number of the exchanger:
‫ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﺮﻳﺎل ﻣﺒﺪل ﻣﻬﺮ‬7-6-G
Shell flange
Floating tube sheet
Shell cover flange
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ‬،‫ﻛﻪ در درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه اﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﺧﺮاﺑﻲ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ‬
(.‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪي ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
:‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Floating head cover
flange
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ درﭘﻮش ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ درﭘﻮش ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Channel flange
Floating head backing
ring
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
‫ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﭼﻨﻞ‬
Channel Cover
Test ring flange and
gland
‫آب ﺑﻨﺪ و ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آزﻣﻮن‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﭼﻨﻞ‬
Stationary tube sheet
(Add.)
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻫﻤﺎن وﺿﻌﻴﺖ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬8-6-G
G-6.8 All exchangers shall be shipped in the
"as test" condition so that no further
hydrostatic testing need be required after
installation.
(Add.)
‫ﺷﺪه ﺣﻤﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ از ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
18
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺟﺪﻳﺪي ﻧﻴﺎز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
G-6.9 Painting requirements shall be as
specified by the Purchaser.
(Add.)
‫ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ‬9-6-G
G-6.10 Test holes in reinforcing pads shall be
left open for use as telltale holes. They shall be
filled with grease after hydrostatic test and
prior to shipment.
(Add.)
‫ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن روي ﺻﻔﺤﺎت ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬10-6-G
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎزﮔﺬاﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺮﻳﺲ ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ و ﻗﺒﻞ از ﺣﻤﻞ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ وزن ﺣﻤﻞ و ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬11-6-G
G-6.11 The item number, shipping weight, and
Purchaser’s order number shall be painted on
the exchanger. Information shall be painted
clearly in white paint in capitals of at least 50
mm high. All boxes, crates, or packages shall
be marked as specified.
(Add.)
‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ روي ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ درج ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺷﻔﺎف و ﺑﺎ رﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮوف ﺑﺰرگ ﺑﻪ ارﺗﻔﺎع ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
-‫ ﺻﻨﺪوقﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻌﺒﻪﻫﺎ‬.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ درج ﮔﺮدد‬50
.‫ﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻋﻼﻣﺖدار ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻃﺮﺣﻬﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬7-G
G-7 General Construction Features of
TEMA Standard Heat Exchangers
TEMA ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
G-7.3 Wind & seismic design
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎد و زﻟﺰﻟﻪ‬3-7-G
Wind and Seismic loads shall be in accordance
with
ASCE-7-05,
"Building
Code
Requirements for Minimum Design Loads in
Building and other Structures".
(Sub.)
‫ "اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬ASCE-7-05 ‫ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﺑﺎد و زﻟﺰﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬
‫آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در‬
G-7.4 Where applicable, the type of expansion
joint shall be specified in the preliminary stage
of quotation. In this case the design details
shall be determined by the manufacturer and
approved by the Purchaser
(Add.)
‫ ﻧﻮع اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ در ﻣﻮارد اﻣﻜﺎن ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬4-7-G
(.‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎن و ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺳﺎزهﻫﺎ" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮارد‬.‫در ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه اﻧﺠﺎم و ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
19
.‫ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
SECTION 4 (E)
(E) 4 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
INSTALLATION, OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE
‫ راه اﻧﺪازي و ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري‬،‫ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬4-E
E-4 Maintenance of Heat Exchangers
E-4.14 Shell-and-tube heat exchangers shall be
provided with test rings or test flanges as
follows:
‫ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي‬14-4-E
:‫آزﻣﻮن ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
1) Each exchanger with a bonnet-type head,
a removable bundle, and a tube sheet of
diameter smaller than the outside diameter
of the connecting shell flange, shall be
provided with test rings or test flanges.
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﻧﺪل ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬،‫( ﻫﺮ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻧﻮع ﻛﻼﻫﻜﻲ‬1
2) Each exchanger with a type S or type T
floating head shall be provided with a test
ring.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي‬T ‫ ﻳﺎ‬S ‫( ﻫﺮ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺎ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﻧﻮع‬2
3) Unless otherwise specified in the
data/requisition sheet, each unit of identical
heat exchangers performing a common duty
shall be equipped as follows:
‫داده‬/‫( ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي در ﺑﺮﮔﻪ درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ‬3
‫ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ و ﻳﻚ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ اﺗﺼﺎل ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
.‫آزﻣﻮن ﻳﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﻳﻚ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ از ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬.‫ﺑﺮگ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻳﻜﺴﺎن داراي وﻇﻴﻔﻪ )ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد( ﻣﺸﺘﺮك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﻣﺠﻬﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
a) One test flange or ring, per two
bundles per unit.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻳﻚ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻪ ازاي دو ﺑﺎﻧﺪل در‬
b) Two test flanges or rings, per three
or more bundles per unit.
‫ ﺑﺎﻧﺪل در‬3 ‫ب( دو ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﻪ ازاي‬
c) For stacked exchangers, a sufficient
number of test rings shall be provided
to enable their testing in a stacked
condition.
(Add.)
‫ رويﻫﻢ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻛﺎﻓﻲ از‬-‫ج( ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺳﺮي‬
. ‫ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
.‫ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺣﻠﻘﻪ آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﮔﺮدد ﺗﺎ اﻣﻜﺎن آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ آﻧﻬﺎ‬
.‫ رويﻫﻢ ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬-‫در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﺳﺮي‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
E-4.51 If a heat exchanger is dismantled for
any reason, it shall be reassembled with new
gaskets.
(Add)
،‫ اﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﺘﻲ ﭘﻴﺎده ﺷﺪ‬51-4-E
E-4.6 The manufacturer shall include with his
quotation a list of recommended spare parts.
For high pressure and special design
exchangers a list of required special tools and
parts such as bolt tensioner, diaphragm weld
cutter, etc. should be also included.
(Sub.)
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺧﻮد ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ از‬6-4-E
E-4.61 Spare part list shall, as a minimum,
include the followings:
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬61-4-E
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻧﻮ ﺳﻮار ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬.‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻳﺪﻛﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه را ﻟﺤﺎظ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﺎﻻ و ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺧﺎص ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ از اﺑﺰار و ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬
‫ ﺟﻮش ﺑﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪاي و‬،‫ﺧﺎص ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﭘﻴﭻ ﺳﻔﺖ ﻛﻦ ﻛﺸﺸﻲ‬
(.‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﻏﻴﺮه ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﺤﺎظ ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
20
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
- Two sets of gaskets for each exchanger.
.‫ دو ﺳﺮي ﻻﻳﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺒﺪل‬-
- One piece floating head expansion
joint, if any, for each type installed.
(Add.)
‫ در‬،‫ ﻳﻚ ﻋﺪد اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬.‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه‬،‫ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﺑﺰار ﺧﺎص ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز‬9-4-E
E-4.9 If necessary, vendor shall supply special
tools for the proper maintenance and repair of
the Heat Exchanger.
(Add)
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
21
.‫ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ و ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﻣﺒﺪل را ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
SECTION 5 (RCB)
(RCB) 5 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
MECHANICAL STANDARDS TEMA
CLASS RCB
RCB ‫ ﻛﻼس‬TEMA ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬1-RCB
RCB-1 Scope and General Requirements
RCB-1.15 Where materials of construction for
heat exchanger components are not indicated
by the Purchaser on the exchanger drawings
and/or the exchanger specification sheets, the
vendor shall select them to his engineering
experience for the specified design service
conditions. The materials selected shall
conform to the specifications given in Section
II of the ASME boiler and pressure vessel code
or other governing code. Materials of
construction are subject to approval by the
Purchaser.
(Add.)
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺟﺰاي ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬15-1-RCB
RCB-1.16 All materials must be new. (Add.)
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
RCB-1.17 Material equivalent to the material
specified in the applicable code or standard
may be acceptable at the Purchaser’s option.
Vendor must furnish complete description of
mechanical and physical properties of all such
material for the Purchaser’s approval. (Add.)
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه در آﻳﻴﻦ‬17-1-RCB
RCB-1.18 Carbon-½ molybdenum materials
shall not generally be used, any exception shall
receive written approval by the Purchaser.
(Add.)
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
RCB-1.19 All materials used in the
manufacture of pressure parts of heat
exchangers constructed to this Standard shall
have available test certificates of chemical
analysis and physical properties. Materials for
which test certificates are not available may be
used for supporting lugs, baffles, spacers and
other similar non-pressure parts.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت‬19-1-RCB
‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺒﺪل و ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﮔﻪﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آﻧﻬﺎ را‬،‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺒﺪل ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻴﺎت ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺧﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ‬.‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﻮﻳﻠﺮ و ﻇﺮف‬II ‫ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت داده ﺷﺪه در ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪﻫﺎي ﻧﺎﻓﺬ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ‬ASME ‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
(.‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬16-1-RCB
‫ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ و ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻫﻤﻪ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ‬
.‫ﻣﻮاردي را ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
1
2
- ‫ ﻣﻮاد ﻛﺮﺑﻦ‬18-1-RCB
‫ ﻫﺮ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮل اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ آزﻣﻮن آﻧﺎﻟﻴﺰ ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ و‬
‫ ﻣﻮادي ﻛﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ آزﻣﻮن‬.‫ﺧﻮاص ﻓﻴﺰﻳﻜﻲ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آﻧﻬﺎ در دﺳﺘﺮس ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﮔﻮﺷﻚﻫﺎي‬
‫ ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎ )ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬،‫ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬،‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬
‫اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ( و دﻳﮕﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬2-1-RCB
RCB-1.2 Design pressure
RCB-1.21 The design pressure shall be in
accordance with the ASME Pressure Vessel
Code requirements and as shown on the
individual process data sheet.
(Sub.).
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻃﺒﻖ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻳﻴﻦﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬21-1-RCB
RCB-1.22 The most unfavorable combination
of design pressures on the shell and tube side
shall be used in the calculations for floating
‫ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ روي ﺳﻤﺖ‬22-1-RCB
‫ و ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻧﭽﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ‬ASME ‫ﻇﺮف ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
(.‫ )ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻧﺸﺎن داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎت ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎ و ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬
22
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
heads and tubes.
(Add.)
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
.‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮك در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫ اﻣﻜﺎن ﻣﻮاﺟﻬﻪ ﺑﺎ اﻣﻮاج ﻓﺸﺎر ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ‬24-1-RCB
RCB-1.24 The possibility of exposure to
system pressure waves, e.g., water hammer,
shall be taken into account.
( Add.)
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب آورده ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻋﻨﻮان ﻣﺜﺎل ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻗﻮچ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ آزﻣﻮن اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬31-1-RCB
RCB-1.31 Standard test
The minimum fluid temperature for hydrostatic
testing shall be 16°C. If however, the
exchanger is designed for a temperature below
16°C, the minimum fluid temperature may be
equal to the design temperature. This
temperature restriction does not apply to units
fabricated from austenitic stainless steel. (Sub.)
‫ درﺟﻪ‬16 ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي ﺳﻴﺎل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬،‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل اﮔﺮ‬.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ دﻣﺎي‬16 ‫از‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖ‬.‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﻣﻌﺎدل دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫دﻣﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﻓﻮﻻدﻫﺎي زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ‬
(.‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ اﻋﻤﺎل ﻧﻤﻲﮔﺮدد‬
‫ آب ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬312-1-RCB
RCB-1.312 Water used for hydrostatic testing
of units in which austenitic stainless steel
materials will be exposed to the test fluid shall
be potable water with a chloride ion content of
less than 50 parts per million. After hydrostatic
testing, these units shall be completely drained
and dried immediately.
(Add.)
‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰاﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻮاد ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎل آزﻣﻮن ﻗﺮار ﻣﻲﮔﻴﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ آب ﺧﻮردﻧﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻳﻮن‬
‫ ﭘﺲ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬.‫ ذره در ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻮن ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬50 ‫ﻛﻠﺮ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ اﻳﻦ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و‬،‫اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﻼﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺧﺸﻚ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
(‫ آزﻣﻮن ﭘﻨﻮﻣﺎﺗﻴﻚ )ﻫﻮا‬32-1-RCB
RCB-1.32 Pneumatic test
When liquid cannot be tolerated as a test
medium the exchanger by agreement between
the Purchaser and manufacture may be given a
pneumatic test in accordance with the Code. It
must be recognized that air or gas is hazardous
when used as a pressure testing medium. The
pneumatic test pressure at room temperature
shall be in accordance with the Code. (Mod)
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺳﻴﺎل آزﻣﻮن ﻣﺒﺪل ﻧﺘﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻛﺎر رود ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﻳﻚ آزﻣﻮن ﻫﻮا‬
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اذﻋﺎن ﻛﺮد ﻛﻪ ﻫﻮا‬.‫ﻃﺒﻖ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ داده ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﻳﺎ ﮔﺎز ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺳﻴﺎل آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺸﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر‬
‫ ﻓﺸﺎر آزﻣﻮن ﻫﻮا در دﻣﺎي اﺗﺎق ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻲرود ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎك اﺳﺖ‬
RCB-1.34 All hydrostatic tests shall be made
in the presence of an inspector authorized by
the purchaser and with his approval.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درﺣﻀﻮر‬34-1-RCB
RCB-1.35 When the heat exchanger is
constructed with an expansion joint assembly,
the maximum allowable differential pressure of
the expansion joint shall be taken into account
and a detailed test procedure shall be presented
for the Purchaser’s approval.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻳﻚ‬35-1-RCB
‫ ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ اﺧﺘﻼف ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﺎب آورده ﺷﻮد و ﻳﻚ‬
‫دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ آزﻣﻮن ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار اراﺋﻪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
RCB-1.36 Before hydrostatic testing the
exchanger, the welds of each reinforcing pads
shall be pneumatically tested at a minimum
pressure of 70 kPa (10 Psig).
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي‬،‫ ﻗﺒﻞ از آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺒﺪل‬36-1-RCB
‫ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ‬70 ‫ﻫﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻘﻮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا ﺑﺎ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻓﺸﺎر‬
.‫ ﭘﻮﻧﺪ ﺑﺮ اﻳﻨﭻ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ ﻧﺴﺒﻲ( آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮد‬10) ‫ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
23
.‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎزرس ﻣﺠﺎز ﺧﺮﻳﺪار و ﺑﺎ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ او اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
heat
‫ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬42-1-RCB
The design temperature for the shell side and
the tube side shall be as specified separately on
the individual process data sheet and as the
following:
(Mod.)
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺠﺰا در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻓﺮاﻳﻨﺪي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ و ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
RCB-1.421 FOR parts not in contact wlth
both fluids
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ دو‬421-1-RCB
The shell side design temperature shall be used
for the design metal temperature of the shell
and the shell cover (including flanges).The
tube side design temperature shall be used for
the design metal temperature of the channel
(including flanges) and the channel cover .The
design temperature of bolts and gaskets shall
be the same as that for the respective flange;
however, the design temperature of the bolts
and gaskets for shell to channel joints shall be
the same as the shell-side or tube-side design
temperature, whichever is more severe. The
Code provides the allowable stress limits for
parts to be designed at the specified design
temperature.
(Mod.)
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و درﭘﻮش ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
‫ دﻣﺎي‬.‫ﻛﺎﻧﺎل )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻠﻨﺠﻬﺎ( و درﭘﻮش ﭼﻨﻞ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
،‫ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﭘﻴﭻﻫﺎ و ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺎل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻨﺪ دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
،‫ آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬.‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب ﻫﺮﻛﺪام ﺷﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪودهﻫﺎي ﺗﻨﺶ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻗﻄﻌﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﻲﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‬
RCB-1.422 For parts in contact with both
fluids
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﻌﺎت در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ دو‬422-1-RCB
RCB-1.4221 When, due to the possible loss of
flow of the cooling medium, the tubes, tube
sheets and floating heads may be subject to the
full inlet temperature, it shall be indicated on
the individual process data sheet and these
components shall be designed for the
maximum anticipated operating temperature of
the hotter medium.
(Add.)
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ دﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﻄﻊ ﻣﺤﺘﻤﻞ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬4221-1-RCB
RCB-1.42 Design
exchanger parts
temperature
of
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫زﻳﺮ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﻧﻴﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ﺳﻴﺎل‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎ و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ‬،‫ﺳﻴﺎل ﺧﻨﻚ ﺳﺎز‬
.‫ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ورودي روﺑﺮو ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻳﻦ ﻣﻄﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬
‫ﮔﺮدﻳﺪه و ﭼﻨﻴﻦ اﺟﺰاﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ دﻣﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدي‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻧﺘﻈﺎر ﺳﻴﺎل ﮔﺮﻣﺘﺮ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬
‫ در اﻧﺘﺨﺎب دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي‬423-1-RCB
RCB-1.423 In selection design temperatures
for multiple exchangers in series, consideration
shall be given to the maximum or minimum
temperature, on each side of each exchanger,
that results from clean or fouled operation
using the specified fouling.
(Add.)
‫دﻣﺎي ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ و ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ در ﻫﺮ ﺳﻤﺖ از ﻫﺮ‬،‫ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﺳﺮي‬
‫ آن ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮدن‬،‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
.‫رﺳﻮب ﻣﺸﺨﺺ در ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻳﺎ رﺳﻮﺑﻲ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﻣﻲآﻳﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺑﺪون‬424-1-RCB
RCB-1.424 For fixed tube sheet exchangers
without expansion joints, the difference
between the average shell metal temperature
and the average metal temperature of any one
tube pass shall not exceed 28°C. When
temperature differential exceed 28°C, an
expansion joint shall be furnished.
(Add.)
‫ ﺗﻔﺎوت ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫اﺗﺼﺎﻟﻬﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬28 ‫و ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ دﻣﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﻫﺮ ﻳﻚ ﮔﺬر ﺗﻴﻮب ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از‬
‫ درﺟﻪ‬28 ‫ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻔﺎوت دﻣﺎﻳﻲ از‬.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﻓﺰوﻧﻲ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
24
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬5-1-RCB
RCB-1.5 Standard corrosion allowances
RCB-1.54 Where bonded cladding (including
weld overlay) is used, the thickness of the
cladding to be used as corrosion allowance
shall be 3 mm minimum.
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪه )ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬54-1-RCB
‫ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬،‫اﻧﺪود ﺟﻮﺷﻲ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬
3 ‫ﻣﻮرد اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ و روﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري‬55-1-RCB
RCB-1.55 Lining and cladding
Where corrosion-resistant lining or cladding is
specified it shall apply to all exposed (wetted)
surfaces including the surface of pass partition
plates and the side and bottom of gasket
grooves.
(Add)
‫ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ ﻳﺎروﻛﺶ ﻛﺎري ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
(‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ روي ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻄﻮح در ﺗﻤﺎس )ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺳﻄﻮح ورقﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﻛﻨﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﮔﺬر و ﻛﻨﺎر و ﻛﻒ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻻﻳﻲ اﻋﻤﺎل ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖﻫﺎي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬6-1-RCB
RCB-1.6 Service limitations
RCB-1.63 Material in contact with hydrogen
sulphide, including trace quantities, shall
conform to the requirements of NACE
Standard MR0175/ISO 15156, "Petroleum and
Natural Gas Industries Materials for Use in
H2S-Containing Environments in Oil and Gas
Production "
(Add.)
‫ ﻣﻮاد در ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎ ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬63-1-RCB
RCB-1.64 The material for the tubes of watercooled exchangers shall be selected as follows:
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي آب ﺧﻨﻚ ﺑﻪ‬64-1-RCB
RCB-1.641 If carbon steel is suitable for the
process fluid (shell side) and the water is stated
as being suitably treated so that it is not
corrosive to carbon steel, carbon steel tubes
and tube sheets are acceptable. The use of
carbon steel tubes for other conditions shall be
proposed for agreement by the Purchaser.
(Add.)
‫ اﮔﺮ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﺳﻴﺎل ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي‬641-1-RCB
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
،‫ﻧﺎﭼﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ‬
‫ "ﻣﻮاد ﺻﻨﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﻔﺖ و‬NACE MRO175/ ISO15156
‫ﮔﺎز ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎر در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻫﺎي ﺣﺎوي ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ‬
(.‫ )اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬.‫(” ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬2003) ‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن در ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻧﻔﺖ و ﮔﺎز‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
:‫ﺻﻮرت زﻳﺮ اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺷﻮد‬
‫)ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ( ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و آب ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﻲ‬
،‫ﻓﺮآوري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ روي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي دﻳﮕﺮ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
.‫ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ آب ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺑﻨﺪ‬642-1-RCB
RCB-1.642 Where the water is not specified to
be treated as in para. RCB-1.641 above the
following materials shall be used for tubes
subject to process (shell) side acceptability.
a)
Admiralty brass
recirculated waters.
for
fresh
‫ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﻓﺮآوري ﻧﮕﺮدد ﻣﻮارد زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬641-1-RCB
‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻣﻮاﺟﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
.‫ﭘﺬﻳﺮش ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
and
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮﻧﺞ آدﻣﻴﺮاﻟﺘﻲ ﺑﺮاي آﺑﻬﺎي ﺗﺎزه و ﺑﺎز ﭼﺮﺧﻴﺪه‬
b) Aluminum brass for salt water and other
corrosive water.
‫ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ ﺑﺮاي آب ﺷﻮر و دﻳﮕﺮ آﺑﻬﺎي‬-‫ب ( آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮم‬
.‫ﺧﻮرﻧﺪه‬
.‫ج ( ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻣﺲ – ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﺑﺮاي آب درﻳﺎ‬
c) Copper-Nickle tubes for sea water.
25
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
Other materials may be used subject to prior
written approval of the Purchaser.
(Add.)
‫ﻣﻮاد دﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺮاﺳﺎس ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﻛﺘﺒﻲ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
RCB-1.643 Where the process (shell) side
requires materials other than brass, the use of
bi-metallic tubes shall be considered. (Add.)
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ )ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ( ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ‬643-1-RCB
.‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي دوﻓﻠﺰي‬،‫ﻣﻮادي ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮﻧﺞ اﺳﺖ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﺪﻧﻈﺮ ﻗﺮار ﮔﻴﺮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﻮاد ﺣﺎوي ﺑﻴﺶ از‬،‫ در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ اﺳﺘﻴﻠﻦ‬644-1-RCB
RCB-1.644 In acetylene service, material
containing more than 60 percent of copper
shall not be used in the construction of any
parts. Materials containing lower percentage of
copper may be proposed for agreement with
the Purchaser.
(Add.)
.‫ درﺻﺪ ﻣﺲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ در ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻗﺴﻤﺘﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر رود‬60
‫ﻣﻮاد ﺣﺎوي درﺻﺪﻫﺎي ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻣﺲ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﮔﺮدد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬8-1-RCB
RCB-1.8 Interchangeability
All exchangers of the same size, type and
material shall maximize interchangeability of
parts where practical. The highest practical
number
of
exchangers
shall
have
interchangeable tube bundles. Whenever
possible tube bundles shall be designed to
permit rotation through 180° in compliance
with the clearance and interchangeability of the
bundles.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻢ ﻧﻮع و ﻫﻢ ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﻫﻢ اﻧﺪازه‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻌﺪاد ﻣﻤﻜﻦ از ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ‬
‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ اﺳﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب‬.‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪلﻫﺎ را داﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪلﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻛﻪ اﺟﺎزه ﭼﺮﺧﺶ‬
‫ درﺟﻪاي ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر ﻟﻘﻲ و ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻨﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب‬180
.‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪلﻫﺎ را ﺑﺪﻫﻨﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ‬2-RCB
RCB-2 Tubes
‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﺳﺎده‬21-2-RCB
RCB-2.21 Bare tubes
‫ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎ و درﺟﺎت ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ‬21-2-RCB ‫ﺟﺪول‬
‫ ﻓﻮﻻدي و آﻟﻴﺎژي را ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ‬،‫ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﺳﺎده ﻣﺴﻲ‬
‫ آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ و آﻟﻴﺎژ‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬.‫ﻛﺮده اﺳﺖ‬
Table RCB-2.21 lists common tube diameters
and gages for bare tubes of copper, steel and
alloy. The carbon steel, Aluminum and
Aluminum Alloys tube ½ inch (diameter), 16
and 18 (B.W.G.) are acceptable.
(Mod.)
‫ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﻗﺒﻮل‬18 ‫ و‬16 B.W.G ،‫اﻳﻨﭻ‬
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
1
2
‫آﻟﻮﻣﻴﻨﻴﻮﻣﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ‬
.‫ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ رواداري ﻣﻨﻔﻲ ﺑﺮاي‬:(1 ‫ )ﻳﺎدآوري‬21-2-RCB ‫ﺟﺪول‬
TABLE RCB-2.21(Note 1): No minus
tolerance for tube wall thickness is allowed.
(Mod.)
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ رواداري ﻗﻄﺮ‬:(3 ‫ )ﻳﺎدآوري‬21-2-RCB ‫ﺟﺪول‬
TABLE RCB-2.21 (Note 3) Tube outside
diameter and wall thickness tolerances for
carbon, ferritic alloy, and austenitic alloy steel
tubes shall be per ASTM A-450. For nonferrous tubes, the said tolerances shall be in
accordance with the appropriate heat exchanger
tube specification.
(Add.)
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد‬،‫ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ و ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ دﻳﻮاره ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
‫آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ و ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻏﻴﺮآﻫﻨﻲ‬.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬ASTM A-450
‫روادارﻳﻬﺎي ذﻛﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
RCB-2.23 Longitudinal-Finned (high finned)
tubes are not allowed for shell and tube heat
exchangers.
(Add.)
.‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮهﻫﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ )ﺑﺎ ﭘﺮهﻫﺎي‬23-2-RCB
‫ﻣﺘﺮاﻛﻢ( ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﻣﺠﺎز‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
26
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬U ‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬3-2-RCB
RCB-2.3 U-Tubes
RCB-2.311 For U-Tubes Heat exchangers,
welded tube bends are not permitted. (Add.)
‫ ﺧﻢﻫﺎي‬،‫ﺷﻜﻞ‬U ‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب‬311-2-RCB
RCB-2.312 The minimum radius of U-Bends
shall not be less than 1½ times the nominal
outside diameter of the tube.
(Add.)
‫ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬U ‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺷﻌﺎع ﺧﻢﻫﺎي‬312-2-RCB
RCB-2.3211 The tolerance of the center to
center dimension between the parallel legs of U
tubes, shall be within the following:
‫ رواداري اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻴﻦ دو‬3211-2-RCB
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻧﻤﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬1
1
2
:‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪازه ﻣﻘﺎدﻳﺮ زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬U ‫ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻣﻮازي ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬
a) When the dimension is less than or
equal to 5 times the tube O.D.: ±1.0
mm
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬5 ‫اﻟﻒ( وﻗﺘﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
b) When the dimension is more than 5
times the tube O.D.: ±1.5 mm (Add.)
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب‬5 ‫ب ( وﻗﺘﻲ اﻧﺪازه ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±1 :‫ﺗﻴﻮب اﺳﺖ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬±1/5 :‫اﺳﺖ‬
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬U ‫ وﻗﺘﻲ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬324-2-RCB
RCB-2.324 When U-Tubes are specified, cold
work forming shall be employed for the
bending of tubes with heat treatment as per
RCB-2.33
(Add.)
‫ ﺷﻜﻞدﻫﻲ ﻛﺎرﺳﺮد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﺧﻢ ﻛﺎري ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ‬،‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
.‫ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎر ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد‬33 .2-RCB ‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻃﺒﻖ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬33-2-RCB
RCB-2.33 Heat treatment
RCB-2.331 The Bent portion of the following
U-tubes shall be stress relieved after bending.
(Add.)
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ زﻳﺮ‬U ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬331-2-RCB
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﭘﺲ از ﺧﻢ ﻛﺎري ﺗﻨﺶ زداﻳﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
a) Carbon steel tubes for Amine or caustic
service.
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻛﺎرﻛﺮدﻫﺎي آﻣﻴﻦ‬
b) Carbon molybdenum, Chromiummolybdenum and ferritic stainless steel Utubes having bend radius smaller than five
times their outside diameter or which have
been annealed in the straight condition.
– ‫ ﻛﺮوم‬،‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻦ ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن‬U ‫ب ( ﺗﻴﻮﺑﻬﺎي‬
.‫ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮد‬
‫ﻣﻮﻟﻴﺒﺪن و زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ داراي ﺷﻌﺎع ﺧﻢ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﻳﺎ آﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬5
.‫ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ )آﻧﻴﻞ( ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ‬
.‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻏﻴﺮآﻫﻨﻲ‬U ‫ج ( ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬
c) All nonferrous U-tubes.
d) Austenitic stainless steel tubes which
have been annealed in straight condition or
are at the danger of stress corrosion
cracking.
(Add.)
‫د ( ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎزﭘﺨﺖ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ ﻳﺎ در ﺧﻄﺮ ﺗﺮك ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﺎﺻﻞ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
U ‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺧﻢ‬332-2-RCB
RCB-2.332 The heat treated portion of the Ubend shall extend at least 150 mm beyond the
point of tangency.
(Add.)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻣﻤﺎس اداﻣﻪ‬150 ‫ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
27
.‫ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
RCB-2.333 U-tubes shall be totally heattreated when the application of local heat
treatment to the bent portion only would
possibly induce embrittlement or susceptibility
to stress corrosion in the transition zones
between the straight legs of the U-tube and the
bend.
(Add.)
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت‬U ‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي‬333-2-RCB
RCB-2.6 Stainless steel and non-ferrous tubes
shall be seamless. Carbon steel tubes shall be
either seamless or electric resistance welded
type.
(Add.)
‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن و ﻏﻴﺮآﻫﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬6-2-RCB
RCB-2.7 Welded tubes shall be tested by
means of ultrasonic or eddy current
examinations.
(Add.)
‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ روﺷﻬﺎي‬7-2-RCB
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻣﺤﻠﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻬﺎ روي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺧﻢ ﺷﺪه اﻣﻜﺎن اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻜﻨﻨﺪﮔﻲ ﻳﺎ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻌﺪاد ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺗﻨﺸﻲ در ﻣﺤﺪوده اﻧﺘﻘﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺎﻳﻪﻫﺎي‬
.‫ ﺷﻜﻞ و ﺧﻢ را ﺑﻮﺟﻮد آورد‬U ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ )ﺻﺎف( ﺗﻴﻮب‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺪون درز ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺪون درز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻧﻮع ﺟﻮش ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ اﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
.‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت ﻳﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﮔﺮداﺑﻲ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
RCB-2.8 Carbon steel, ferritic alloy and
austenitic alloy steel tubes shall meet the
requirements of ASTM A-450 "General
requirements for carbon, ferritic, and austenitic
alloy steel tubes".
(Add.)
‫ ﻓﻮﻻد آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ‬،‫ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬8-2-RCB
RCB-2.9 All tubes shall be formed from a
single length having no circumferential weld.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻜﻪ ﺑﺪون داﺷﺘﻦ‬9-2-RCB
‫ "اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬ASTM A-450 ‫و آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت‬
‫ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ و‬،‫ﻋﻤﻮﻣﻲ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎي ﻓﻮﻻد ﻛﺮﺑﻨﻲ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫آﺳﺘﻨﻴﺘﻲ" را ﺑﺮآورده ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪ‬
.‫ﺟﻮش ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺷﻜﻞ داده ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ و درﭘﻮش ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ‬3-RCB
RCB-3 Shells and Shell Covers
RCB-9.11 Shell diameters
‫ ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬11-9-RCB
It shall be left to the discretion of each
manufacturer to establish a system of standard
shell diameters within the TEMA Mechanical
Standards in order to achieve the economies
peculiar to his individual design and
manufacturing facilities Up to nominal
diameter of DN 600 (24 inch) the use of
seamless pipe is preferred.
(Mod.)
‫ﺑﺮﻗﺮاري ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻗﻄﺮﻫﺎي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮر دﺳﺘﻴﺎﺑﻲ ﺑﻪ‬TEMA ‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪاردﻫﺎي ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ‬
‫ﺻﺮﻓﻪ اﻗﺘﺼﺎدي ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ اﺧﺘﺼﺎﺻﻲ و اﻣﻜﺎﻧﺎت‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻼﺣﺪﻳﺪ ﻫﺮ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه واﮔﺬار ﺷﻮد‬،‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﺧﻮدش‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( اﺳﺘﻔﺎده از ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬24) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬600 ‫ﺗﺎ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﺑﺪون درز ارﺟﺢ اﺳﺖ‬
‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎ‬12-3-RCB
RCB-3.12 Tolerances
RCB-3.122 Plate shells
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ورﻗﻲ‬122-3-RCB
RCB-3.1221 The diametral tolerance on shells
with removable bundles shall be such that at
any section the minimum internal diameter is
not less than the nominal internal diameter.
(Add.)
‫ رواداري ﻗﻄﺮي روي ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬1221-3-RCB
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ در ﻫﺮ ﺑﺨﺶ‬
.‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﻤﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
28
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬13-3-RCB
‫ ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬،‫ ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬131-3-RCB
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
RCB-3.13 Minimum shell thickness
RCB-3.131 The nominal shell diameter is the
shell inside diameter.
(Add.)
‫ ﭘﻮﺷﺶدﻫﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺒﺪل و دﻳﮕﺮ‬14-3-RCB
RCB-3.14 Lining for exchanger shells and
other parts shall be of integrally clad plate or
build up and machined weld deposit.
(Add)
‫ﻗﻄﻌﺎت ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ورق روﻛﺶ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻳﺎ رﺳﻮب ﺟﻮش ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬
.‫ﺷﺪه و ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
Applied alloy protective lining shall be
considered as corrosion allowance only, not as
part of the base metal, when calculating the
thickness of pressure parts.
(Add.)
‫در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﻪ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ اﺟﺰاء ﺗﺤﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دﻫﻲ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ آﻟﻴﺎژي ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎررﻓﺘﻪ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺠﺎز در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮان ﺑﺨﺸﻲ از ﻓﻠﺰ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﻣﺒﺪل ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬15-3-RCB
RCB-3.15 Kettle type exchanger shells shall be
in accordance with TEMA K and (except for
steam generators) shall have a weir plate. The
weir plate shall be full welded to the shell, be
watertight and sufficiently high to flood the top
tubes by a minimum of 50 mm (2") during
normal operation.
(Add.)
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ و )ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﻮﻟﺪﻫﺎي ﺑﺨﺎر( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬TEMA K
‫ ورق ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮر ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﻪ‬.‫داراي ورق ﺳﺮرﻳﺰ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ آب ﺑﻨﺪ و ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬، ‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺟﻮش ﺷﺪه‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﻃﻲ‬2) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ را ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻋﺎدي ﻏﻮﻃﻪور ﺳﺎزد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ رﻳﻞ راﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ درون ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﻧﻮع‬16-3-RCB
RCB-3.16 Riding rails shall be provided inside
shell of kettle type exchangers to support and
guide tube bundle. These shall be fully seal
welded to shell sides.
(Add.)
‫ﻛﺘﺮي ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮد ﺗﺎ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل را ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري و ﻫﺪاﻳﺖ‬
.‫ اﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﻼً آب ﺑﻨﺪ ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎريﻫﺎ و ﻛﺎرﻫﺎي ﺳﺮﻫﻢﻛﻨﻲ‬3-3-RCB
RCB-3.3 All machining and assembly work
shall be carried out to ensure easy assembly of
all exchanger parts.
(Add.)
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ اﻧﺠﺎم ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ ﺳﺮﻫﻢ ﻛﺮدن آﺳﺎن ﻫﻤﻪ‬
.‫اﺟﺰاء ﻣﺒﺪل را ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﻃﻮﻟﻲ و ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ‬4-3-RCB
RCB-3.4 All longitudinal and circumferential
welds of shells for other than kettle-type units
shall be finished flush with the inner contour
for ease of tube-bundle insertion and
withdrawal. For kettle-type units, this
requirement is waived for welds in the enlarged
section that are not in the bottom quadrant of
the shell.
(Add.)
‫ﺟﺰ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺑﺎ اﻧﺤﻨﺎي‬
‫داﺧﻠﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي و ﺧﺎرج ﺳﺎزي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬
‫ از اﻳﻦ اﻟﺰام ﺑﺮاي‬،‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻨﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
1
4
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﺨﺶ ﺑﺰرگ ﺷﺪه ﻛﻪ در‬
.‫ ﺻﺮﻓﻨﻈﺮ ﻣﻲﺷﻮد‬،‫ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‬
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ و ورقﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬4-RCB
RCB-4 Baffles and Support Plates
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬، ‫ ورق ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد‬611-4-RCB
RCB-4.611 Plate impingement baffle, if used,
shall extend at least 25 mm beyond the
projection of the nozzle bore.
(Add.)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ دورﺗﺮ از ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ‬25 ‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺗﺎ‬،‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
29
.‫داﺧﻞ ﻧﺎزل اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ‬7-4-RCB
RCB-4.7 Tie rods and spacers
‫ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ دﻳﮕﺮ روﺷﻬﺎي ﺑﺴﺘﻦ ﺳﺎﻣﺎﻧﻪ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاﺷﺘﻦ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
‫دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎي ﻋﺮﺿﻲ و ورقﻫﺎي ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻞ ﻣﻬﺎرﻫﺎ و ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ‬.‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ در ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺗﻌﺒﻴﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫اﻧﺪازﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت ﻣﺴﺎوي در ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪهﻫﺎ‬
Tie rods and spacers, or other equivalent means
of tying the baffle system together, shall be
provided to retain all transverse baffles and
tube support plates securely in position. Tie
rods and spacers shall be equally divided
around the circumference of the baffles.
(Mod.)
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
.‫ﺗﻘﺴﻴﻢ )ﺗﻮزﻳﻊ( ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺎزﺟﻮشآورﻫﺎ ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي‬9-4-RCB
RCB-4.9 Kettle type reboilers
RCB-4.91 For kettle type exchangers Tube
bundle retention shall be provided by the fitting
of a retaining angle.
(Add.)
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي ﻧﮕﻬﺪاري ﺗﻴﻮب‬91-4-RCB
.‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺮارﮔﻴﺮي ﻳﻚ ﻧﺒﺸﻲ ﻧﮕﻬﺪار ﺻﻮرت ﭘﺬﻳﺮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬5-RCB
RCB-5 Floating End Construction
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور از ﺟﻨﺲ‬131-5-RCB
RCB-5.131 Floating head flange bolting of
ferritic material shall be ASTM A 193 Gr. B7
M if the shell side service has been specified to
contain: Wet H2S. wet H2S plus cyanides.
Caustic solutions in concentrations which
would require postweld heat treatment or
amines.
‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬B7M ‫ رده‬ASTM A193 ‫ﻓﺮﻳﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
:‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺣﺎوي‬
‫ ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب ﺑﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻴﺪروژن ﺳﻮﻟﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
‫ ﺣﻼﻟﻬﺎي ﺳﻮد در ﻏﻠﻈﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻴﺎزﻣﻨﺪ‬،‫اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺳﻴﺎﻧﻴﺪﻫﺎ‬
.‫ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ آﻣﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
If the shell side corrosion allowance is greater
than 3 mm, floating head flange bolting shall
be either 12 Cr conforming to ASTM A 193
Grade B6 or 18 Cr 8 Ni conforming to ASTM
A 320 Grade B8, strain hardened. Material
selection for this case shall be approved by the
Purchaser.
(Add.)
،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬3 ‫اﮔﺮ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﻛﺮوم ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ‬12 ‫ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻧﻴﻜﻞ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬8 ،‫ ﻛﺮوم‬18 ‫ ﻳﺎ‬B6 ‫ رده‬ASTM A193
.‫ و ﻛﺮﻧﺶ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬B8 ‫ رده‬ASTM A320
‫اﻧﺘﺨﺎب ﺟﻨﺲ ﺑﺮاي اﻳﻦ ﻣﻮرد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﭘﻴﭽﻜﺎري درﭘﻮش ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬132-5-RCB
RCB-5.132 Floating head cover bolting shall
be readily accessible when the shell cover is
removed.
(Add.)
RCB-5.2
RCB-5.3
.‫ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎم ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ درﭘﻮش ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ آﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﺳﺘﺮس‬
(Del.)
(Del.)
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(.‫)ﺣﺬف‬
2-5-RCB
(.‫)ﺣﺬف‬
3-5-RCB
‫ ﻧﻮع ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬1-6-RCB
RCB-6.1 Type of gaskets
‫ در ﺻﻮرت اﻣﻜﺎن ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ‬1-1-6-R
R-6.1.1 Gaskets should, wherever possible, be
of one piece construction, i.e. with no welding.
If however due to size limitations, welding is
unavoidable, welding details, including any
necessary heat treatment shall be included in
quotation.
(Add.)
‫ ﺑﺎ اﻳﻦ ﺣﺎل اﮔﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ‬.(‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )ﺑﺪون ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
،‫ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري اﺟﺘﻨﺎب ﻧﺎﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺪودﻳﺖﻫﺎي اﻧﺪازه‬
‫ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺿﺮوري‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
30
.‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻟﺤﺎظ ﮔﺮدد‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﻧﮕﺮاﻧﻲ درﺑﺎره ﺧﻄﺮات ﺳﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬2-6-RCB
RCB-6.2 Due to the health hazards concerned
with the asbestos materials, all gaskets shall be
asbestos free.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻋﺎري از آزﺑﺴﺖ‬،‫ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﻣﻮاد آزﺑﺴﺘﻲ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
RCB-6.22 Material for metal jacketed or solid
metal gaskets shall have a corrosion resistance
at least equal to that of the gasket contact
surface material.
(Add.)
‫ ﺟﻨﺲ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻓﻠﺰ ﺟﺎﻣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ دار‬22-6-RCB
RCB-6.6 In preparing gasket drawings (and
ordering spare gaskets) the dimensions
specified shall take into account the tolerances
permitted by TEMA for tubsheet grooving.
(Add.)
‫ در ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎي ﻻﻳﻲ )و ﺳﻔﺎرش دﻫﻲ‬6-6-RCB
‫ﻓﻠﺰي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ داراي ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻨﺲ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻤﺎس ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي‬TEMA ‫ روادارﻳﻬﺎي ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬، (‫ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎي ﻳﺪﻛﻲ‬
‫ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ را در اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺣﺴﺎب آورد‬
‫ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎ‬7-RCB
RCB-7 Tubesheets
RCB-7.24 All tube holes for expanded joints
shall be machined with at least two grooves,
each approximately 3.2 mm wide by 0.4 mm
deep. The distance from one groove center line
to the cover side of the tube sheet shall be 9.5
mm. The distance between groove center lines
shall be 9.0 mm. For tube sheets constructed of
integrally clad plate or with applied corrosionresistant facings, if possible, one additional
groove shall be in the center of the
cladding/facing material thickness.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ ﺳﻮراﺧﻬﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺮاي اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬24-7-RCB
3/2 ‫ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﺑﺎ دوﺷﻴﺎر ﺑﻪ ﻋﺮض ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ‬
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬.‫ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري ﺷﻮد‬،‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬0/4 ‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ و ﻋﻤﻖ‬
9/5 ‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺎر ﺗﺎ ﺳﻤﺖ درﭘﻮش ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬9/0 ‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬.‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ورق روﻛﺶ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ در ﺻﻮرت‬،‫ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎزي اﻋﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﻣﻘﺎوم ﺑﻪ ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
‫ ﻳﻚ ﺷﻴﺎر اﺿﺎﻓﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ ﺟﻨﺲ روﻛﺶ‬،‫اﻣﻜﺎن‬
.‫ﻛﺎري ﻳﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺳﺎزي اﻳﺠﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﺑﻴﺮون زدﮔﻲ ﺗﻴﻮب‬313-7-RCB
RCB-7.313 Tube projection
Tubes shall extend between 3 mm and 5 mm
beyond the face of the tubesheet, except in the
case of the top tubesheet of vertical exchangers
when tubes shall be flush with the face of the
tubesheet to facilitate drainage.
(Sub.)
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ‬5 ‫ ﺗﺎ‬3 ‫ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ در ﻣﻮرد ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﻳﻲ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي‬،‫اداﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻮدي ﻛﻪ ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺟﻬﺖ‬
(.‫)ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ‬
.‫ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺖ ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻤﺘﺮاز ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫ ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز ﮔﺬر ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ‬4-7-RCB
RCB-7.4 Tubesheet pass partition grooves
RCB-7.41 The distance between the edge of
the tube holes and the edge of all gasket
grooves shall not be less than 1.5 mm for
tubesheets with expanded tube to tubesheet
joints and not less than 3.2 mm for tubesheets
with seal-or strengthwelded tube-to-tubesheet
joints.
(Add.)
‫ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺳﻮراخﻫﺎي ﺗﻴﻮب و ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ‬41-7-RCB
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮب‬1/5 ‫ﺷﻴﺎرﻫﺎي ﻻﻳﻲ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
‫ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﻣﻨﺒﺴﻂ ﺷﺪه و‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺮاي ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖﻫﺎي ﺑﺎ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت‬3/2 ‫ﻛﻤﺘﺮ از‬
.‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺟﻮش آب ﺑﻨﺪي ﻳﺎ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺘﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
(FSE) ‫ اﺟﺰاء اﻧﻌﻄﺎف ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬8-RCB
RCB-8 Flexible Shell Elements (FSE)
R-8.111 FEA software or code shall be
approved by Purchaser.
(Add)
‫ ﻧﺮم اﻓﺰار ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﺤﻠﻴﻞ اﻟﻤﺎن ﻣﺤﺪود‬111-8-RCB
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
31
.‫( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺮدد‬FEA)
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
RCB-9 Channels, covers and bonnets
‫ درﭘﻮشﻫﺎ و ﻛﻼﻫﻚﻫﺎ‬، ‫ ﭼﻨﻞﻫﺎ‬9-RCB
RCE-9.133 Pass partition weld size
‫ اﻧﺪازه ﺟﻮش ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز ﮔﺬر‬133-9-RCB
The pass partition plate shall be attached with
fillet welds on each side with a minimum leg of
314 t from Paragraph RCB-9.132. Other types
of attachments are allowed but shall be of
equivalent strength. Pass partition plates for
forged or welded channels and floating heads
shall be welded full length, either from both
sides or with full-penetration welds, except for
special designs approved by the purchaser.
(Mod.)
‫ورق ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز ﮔﺬر ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮش ﮔﻮﺷﻪ روي ﻫﺮ ﻃﺮف ﺑﺎ‬
.‫ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﻮد‬132-9-RCB ‫ از ﺑﺴﺘﺮ‬314t ‫ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ‬
‫اﻧﻮاع دﻳﮕﺮ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻣﺠﺎز اﺳﺖ اﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ ﻣﻌﺎدل داﺷﺘﻪ‬
‫ ورقﻫﺎي ﺟﺪاﺳﺎز ﮔﺬر ﺑﺮاي ﭼﻨﻞﻫﺎي ﺟﻮﺷﻲ ﻳﺎ‬.‫ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫آﻫﻨﮕﺮي ﺷﺪه و ﻛﻠﮕﻲﻫﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻃﻮل ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎي از دو ﻃﺮف ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﺎم ﻧﻔﻮذي ﺟﻮش ﺷﻮد ﺑﻪ ﺟﺰ‬
.‫ﺑﺮاي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲﻫﺎي ﺧﺎص ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮﺳﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺻﻼح‬
‫ ﻧﺎزلﻫﺎ‬10-RCB
RCB-10 Nozzles
RCB-10.1 Nozzle construction
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻧﺎزل‬1-10-RCB
RCB-10.11 Couplings installed in the shell
cylinder shall not protrude beyond the inside
surface of the cylinder.
(Add.)
‫ ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓﻫﺎي ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪه روي اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ‬11-10-RCB
.‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ از ﺳﻄﺢ داﺧﻠﻲ اﺳﺘﻮاﻧﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﺗﺮ آﻣﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
‫ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﻧﻮع ﻛﺘﺮي ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ‬34-10-RCB
RCB-10.34 Kettle type exchangers shall also
have:
:‫داراي‬
- Two connections DN 25 (1") for liquid
level gage glass.
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺮاي‬1) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬25 ‫ دو اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬.‫اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮ ﺷﻴﺸﻪاي ﺳﻄﺢ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
- Two connections DN 50 (2") for level
controller.
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺮاي‬2) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬50 ‫ دو اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬.‫ﻛﻨﺘﺮل ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺳﻄﺢ‬
- Connections DN 40 (1½") for drain and
vent.
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺮاي‬1 ) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬40 ‫ اﺗﺼﺎﻻت ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬-
1
2
.(‫ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ و ﻫﻮاﮔﻴﺮي )ﺗﺨﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻮا‬
- One connection DN 20 (¾") for chemical
cleaning.
(Add.)
‫اﻳﻨﭻ( ﺑﺮاي‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
3
4
) ‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬20 ‫ ﻳﻚ اﺗﺼﺎل ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬(‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺎري ﺷﻴﻤﻴﺎﻳﻲ‬
RCB-10.41 On multi-shell units where shells
are stacked, the superimposed loads must be
considered in design so that distortion of shells
and binding of removable tube bundles is
avoided.
(Add.)
‫ در ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات ﭼﻨﺪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﻛﻪ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ روي‬41-10-RCB
RCB-10.42 Where exchangers are stacked, the
center line of the uppermost exchanger shall be
not more than 3700 mm (12 ft.) above grade
unless this is specified as permissible. (Add.)
،‫ در ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎ روي ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬42-10-RCB
‫ ﺑﺎرﻫﺎي اﺿﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬،‫ﻫﻢ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ از ﭘﻴﭽﻴﺪﮔﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ و ﮔﻴﺮﻛﺮدن ﺗﻴﻮب‬
(‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪﻟﻬﺎي ﻣﺘﺤﺮك ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﻮد‬
‫ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬3700 ‫ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺪل ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻴﺶ از‬
‫ ﻓﻮت( ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ از ﺳﻄﺢ ﺗﺮاز ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ ﻣﮕﺮ اﻳﻨﻜﻪ اﻳﻦ ﻛﺎر‬12)
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
32
.‫ﻣﺠﺎز ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
RCB-10.43 When arranging stacked shells,
differential expansion between shells shall be
considered. On high temperature duties,
nozzles connecting two shells shall be at the
channel ends to minimize expansion stresses.
(Add.)
‫ روي‬- ‫ در ﻫﻨﮕﺎم آراﻳﺶ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎي ﺳﺮي‬43-10-RCB
RCB-10.7 Suitable arrangements for expansion
shall also be provided for exchangers in a
horizontal train which are coupled directly to
one another by flanges or welding without the
use of intermediate piping.
(Add.)
‫ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي در ﻳﻚ دﺳﺘﻪ‬7-10-RCB
RCB-10.8 Large size solid stainless steel
nozzles DN 50 (2 inch) and larger shall not be
used for stainless steel clad or lined exchanger.
Such nozzles shall be either:
‫ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎي اﻧﺪازه ﺑﺰرگ ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن ﺻﻠﺐ‬8-10-RCB
‫ اﺧﺘﻼف اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬،‫ﻫﻢ‬
‫ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ دﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ دو ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ را ﺑﻪ ﻫﻢ‬.‫ﺷﻮد‬
‫وﺻﻞ ﻣﻲﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در اﻧﺘﻬﺎي ﭼﻨﻞ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ ﻛﺮدن‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫ﺗﻨﺸﻬﺎي اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‬
‫اﻓﻘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺑﻪ ﻳﻜﺪﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻨﺞ ﻳﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري ﺑﺪون‬
‫ﻟﻮﻟﻪﻛﺸﻲ ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪهاﻧﺪ آراﻳﺸﻬﺎي ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺮاي‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
.‫اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ ﮔﺮدد‬
‫ اﻳﻨﭻ( و ﺑﺰرﮔﺘﺮ ﻧﺒﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪﻟﻬﺎي‬2) 50 ‫ﻗﻄﺮ اﺳﻤﻲ‬
.‫روﻛﺶ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﺷﺪه ﻓﻮﻻد زﻧﮓ ﻧﺰن اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﺷﻮد‬
:‫ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻧﺎزﻟﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻳﻜﻲ از‬
- Fabricated from cladded plate, or;
‫ ﻳﺎ؛‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه از ورق روﻛﺶ ﺷﺪه‬-
- Provided with a weld deposit overlay, or;
‫ ﻳﺎ؛‬،‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ اﻧﺪود رﺳﻮب ﺟﻮﺷﻲ‬-
- Provided with a liner bonded by explosion
welding.
(Add.)
‫ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻏﻼف ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
33
.‫اﻧﻔﺠﺎري ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
SECTION 7 (T)
(T) 7 ‫ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
THERMAL RELATIONS
‫رواﺑﻂ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ‬
‫ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد و رواﺑﻂ اﺳﺎﺳﻲ‬1-T
T-1 Scope and Basic Relations
T-1.0 Thermal design of shell and tube heat
exchangers shall be in accordance with Iranian
Petroleum
Standard
IPS-E-PR-771
"Engineering standard for process requirements
of heat exchanging equipment".
(Add.)
‫ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ دﻣﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب‬0-1-T
IPS-E-PR-771 ‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻧﻔﺖ اﻳﺮان‬
‫"اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺮاي اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪي ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰات‬
(.‫)اﺿﺎﻓﻪ‬
34
.‫ﺗﺒﺎدل ﺣﺮارت" ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDICES
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖﻫﺎ‬
APPENDIX A
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ اﻟﻒ‬
ENQUIRIES AND QUOTATIONS
‫اﺳﺘﻌﻼم و ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎ‬
A.1 Enquiries
‫ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم‬1-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.1 An enquiry to a supplier by or on behalf
of the Purchaser will include the heat
exchanger
specification
sheet
partially
completed as appropriate.
‫ ﻫﺮ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻴﺎﺑﺖ از‬1-1-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.1.2 All necessary data including any special
requirements or exceptions to this Standard
will be provided.
‫ ﻫﻤﻪ دادهﻫﺎي ﻻزم ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻤﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﺧﺎص ﻳﺎ‬2-1-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪار ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬
.‫ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺑﻮد‬
.‫اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻳﻦ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮاﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‬
A.2 Quotations
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎدﻫﺎ‬2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.1 The vendor’s proposal shall include, for
each unit, a completed specification sheet or,
when a specification sheet is included in the
enquiry, a statement indicating complete
compliance with that specification sheet.
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ‬1-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪه ﻳﺎ وﻗﺘﻲ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت‬
‫ اﻇﻬﺎرﻳﻪاي ﻛﻪ ﻧﺸﺎن دﻫﻨﺪه‬،‫در درﺧﻮاﺳﺖ ﻗﺮار دارد‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫اﻧﻄﺒﺎق ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺑﺎ آن ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت اﺳﺖ‬
A.2.2 The proposal shall include a detailed
description of all exceptions to the specified
requirements, together with the reasons for
deviations.
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺗﻔﺼﻴﻠﻲ از‬2-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.3 Where expansion joints or shell bellows
are proposed the vendor shall define the type of
construction.
‫ ﺟﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ آﻛﺎردﺋﻮﻧﻲ‬3-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.4 The quotation shall be in accordance
with technical specification of this Standard,
and the specific requirements for each unit as
specified in the data sheet or purchase order.
‫ ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻓﻨﻲ اﻳﻦ‬4-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ﻫﻤﻪ اﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﻴﻤﻪ‬
.‫دﻻﻳﻞ اﻧﺤﺮاﻓﺎت ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ ﻓﺮوﺷﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﻮع ﺳﺎﺧﺖ را ﻣﺸﺨﺺ‬،‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‬
.‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد و اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت وﻳﮋه ﻫﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ ﻛﻪ در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬،‫ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪه‬
A.2.5 The following information shall be
submitted in the quotation:
:‫ اﻃﻼﻋﺎت زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ در ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد اراﺋﻪ ﮔﺮدد‬5-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.5.1 Price
‫ ﻗﻴﻤﺖ‬1-5-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
Separate prices shall be quoted for test rings, if
required.
‫ﻗﻴﻤﺖﻫﺎي ﻣﺠﺰا ﺑﺮاي ﺣﻠﻘﻪﻫﺎي آزﻣﻮن در ﺻﻮرت ﻧﻴﺎز ﺑﺎﻳﺪ‬
.‫ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد ﺷﻮد‬
A.2.5.2 Delivery time
‫ زﻣﺎن ﺣﻤﻞ‬2-5-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.5.3 Estimated total shipping weight for
each heat exchanger.
‫ وزن ﺣﻤﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻣﺒﺪل‬3-5-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.5.4 The name(s) of subcontractor(s) if any
for the fabrication of any part thereof. Such
subcontractors shall be subject to approval by
‫ ﻧﺎم)ﻫﺎي( ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر)ان( ﻓﺮﻋﻲ در ﺻﻮرت‬4-5-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
.‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
‫ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎر‬.‫وﺟﻮد ﺑﺮاي ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻫﺮ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻣﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﻪ آن‬
35
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
the Purchaser. It shall be noted that the quality
of subcontractor’s work shall, in all respects, at
least be equal to the supplier’s own.
‫ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺷﻮد ﻛﻪ‬.‫ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار ﺑﺮﺳﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻛﺎر ﭘﻴﻤﺎﻧﻜﺎران ﻓﺮﻋﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ از ﻫﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‬
.‫ﻣﻌﺎدل ﺧﻮد ﺗﺄﻣﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
A.2.6 Any purchase order will be subject to all
terms, conditions, etc. forming part of the
enquiry and any agreed documents to it.
‫ ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ و‬،‫ ﻫﺮ ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﻮارد‬6-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
A.2.7 The engineering documents shall be in
English. Descriptions on drawings and similar
documents may be in other languages,
provided English Translations are also given.
.‫ ﻣﺪارك ﻣﻬﻨﺪﺳﻲ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬7-2-‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ اﺳﺘﻌﻼم و ﻫﻤﻪ ﻣﺪارك ﺗﻮاﻓﻖ آن‬،‫ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.‫ﻣﻲﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎت روي ﻧﻘﺸﻪﻫﺎ و ﻣﺪارك ﻣﺸﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻲﺗﻮاﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫زﺑﺎﻧﻬﺎي دﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮط آﻧﻜﻪ ﺗﺮﺟﻤﻪﻫﺎي اﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﻲ ﻧﻴﺰ‬
.‫داده ﺷﻮد‬
36
‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ ‪Jan. 2010/ 1388‬‬
‫)‪IPS-G-ME-220(2‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ب‬
‫‪APPENDIX B‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﮔﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ‬
‫‪HEAT EXCHANGER SPECIFICATION‬‬
‫‪SHEET‬‬
‫‪Job No.‬‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎر ﻛﺎر‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎر ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎر ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎد‬
‫‪Rev.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎزﻧﮕﺮي‬
‫‪Reference No.‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮي‬
‫‪Proposal No.‬‬
‫آدرس‬
‫‪Date‬‬
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺳﺮي‬
‫‪Item No.‬‬
‫‪Connected in‬‬
‫;‪Sq m‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫)ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪/‬ﻣﺆﺛﺮ(ﺳﻄﺢ‪/‬ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫‪Shells/Unit:‬‬
‫‪Address‬‬
‫‪Plant location‬‬
‫‪4‬‬
‫‪Service of unit‬‬
‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Size‬‬
‫‪6‬‬
‫اﻧﺪازه‬
‫)‪Surf/Unit (Gross/ Eff.‬‬
‫;‪Sq m‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮﻣﺮﺑﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫)ﻧﺎﺧﺎﻟﺺ‪/‬ﻣﺆﺛﺮ(ﺳﻄﺢ‪ /‬ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫‪PERFORMANCE OF ONE UNIT‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﻳﻚ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب‬
‫)‪(Hor/Vert‬‬
‫‪Type‬‬
‫‪Shell Side‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪Fluid allocation‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻴﺎل‬
‫‪kg/Hr‬‬
‫‪Fluid name‬‬
‫‪Fluid quantity total‬‬
‫‪11‬‬
‫)‪Vapor (In/Out‬‬
‫‪12‬‬
‫‪Liquid‬‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫‪Steam‬‬
‫‪14‬‬
‫‪Water‬‬
‫‪15‬‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫آب‬
‫ﻏﻴﺮﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ‬
‫ﺑﺨﺎر)ورودي‪/‬ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ(‬
‫ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫دﻣﺎ)ورودي‪/‬ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ(‬
‫وزن ﻣﺨﺼﻮص‬
‫‪Noncondencable‬‬
‫)‪Temperature (In/Out‬‬
‫‪Specific gravity‬‬
‫‪18‬‬
‫‪Viscosity, liquid Cp‬‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪Molecular weight, vapor‬‬
‫‪20‬‬
‫‪Molecular weight, noncondencable‬‬
‫‪21‬‬
‫‪Specific heat J/kg °C‬‬
‫‪22‬‬
‫رﺳﺎﻧﺎﻳﻲ ﮔﺮﻣﺎﻳﻲ وات ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‪Thermal conductivity W/m°C‬‬
‫‪23‬‬
‫‪Latent heat J/kg @ °C‬‬
‫‪24‬‬
‫)‪Inlet pressure kPa (abs.‬‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪Velocity m/sec‬‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫اﻓﺖ ﻓﺸﺎر ﻣﺠﺎز‪ /‬ﻣﺤﺎﺳﺒﺎﺗﻲ ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل‪Pressure drop, allow. /Calc. kPa‬‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫وزن ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ‪ ،‬ﺑﺨﺎر‬
‫‪°C‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﭘﻮاز‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫وزن ﻣﻮﻟﻜﻮﻟﻲ‪،‬ﻏﻴﺮ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭼﮕﺎﻟﺶ‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫ﺣﺮارت وﻳﮋه ژول ﺑﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫|‬
‫|‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻣﺎي ﻧﻬﺎن ژول ﺑﺮ ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ورودي ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل)ﻣﻄﻠﻖ(‬
‫ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪Fouling resistance (Min.) Sq m °C/ W‬‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎوﻣﺖ رﺳﻮب)ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ(‬
‫‪W:MTD (Corrected) °C‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد ﺑﺮ وات‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﺗﺒﺎدل و ﻛﺎرﻛﺮد‬
‫‪Heat exchanged‬‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪Transfer rate, service‬‬
‫‪CONSTRUCTION OF ONE SHELL‬‬
‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب‪Tube side‬‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‪Shell side‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪/‬‬
‫‪Design / test pressure kPag‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎر ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‪/‬آزﻣﻮن ﻛﻴﻠﻮ ﭘﺎﺳﻜﺎل ﻧﺴﺒﻲ‬
‫‪Design temp. Max/Min °C‬‬
‫دﻣﺎي ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‪ /‬ﺣﺪاﻛﺜﺮ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ ﻣﺠﺎز ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ ‪Corrosion allowance mm‬‬
‫‪36‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﻲ‬
‫‪mm‬‬
‫→ ‪30‬‬
‫→ ‪Δ 60‬‬
‫→ ‪ 90‬‬
‫‪◊ 45‬‬
‫‪Pitch‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪mm,‬‬
‫)‪Thk (Min/Avg‬‬
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ)ﺣﺪاﻗﻞ‪/‬ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ( ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫‪34‬‬
‫‪No. Passes per shell‬‬
‫‪Connection‬‬
‫& ‪size‬‬
‫‪rating‬‬
‫‪38‬‬
‫اﻧﺪازه و رده اﺗﺼﺎل‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪In‬‬
‫‪Out‬‬
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ‬
‫‪Length‬‬
‫‪33‬‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫ورودي‬
‫ﻃﻮل ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪31‬‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﮔﺬر ﺑﺮ ﻫﺮ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
‫‪mm,‬‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪30‬‬
‫ﺣﺮارت ﺗﺒﺎدل ﺷﺪه‬
‫‪Clean W/sq m °C‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺸﻪ اﺟﻤﺎﻟﻲ) ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‪/‬ﺟﺎﻧﻤﺎﻳﻲ زاوﻳﻪاي ﻧﺎزل(‬
‫‪16‬‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫ﮔﺮاﻧﺮوي ﻣﺎﻳﻊ‬
‫ﺗﻤﻴﺰ وات ﺑﺮ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻣﺮﺑﻊ درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪9‬‬
‫‪10‬‬
‫ﻧﺎم ﺳﻴﺎل‬
‫)‪Sketch (Bundle/nozzle orientation‬‬
‫‪7‬‬
‫‪8‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﺰان ﻛﻞ ﺳﻴﺎل ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم ﺑﺮ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻣﻴﺎﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﺗﻔﺎوت دﻣﺎ )ﺗﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺷﺪه( درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
‫‪2‬‬
‫‪3‬‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ واﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
‫)‪Surf/ Shell (Gross/ Eff.‬‬
‫‪Tube Side‬‬
‫‪Customer‬‬
‫)اﻓﻘﻲ ‪ /‬ﻋﻤﻮدي(‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬
‫‪Series‬‬
‫ﻣﻮازي ‪Parallel‬‬
‫وﺻﻞ ﺷﺪه در‬
‫‪1‬‬
‫‪Intermediate‬‬
‫‪mm,‬‬
‫‪OD‬‬
‫‪:‬ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫‪Tube no.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪاد ﺗﻴﻮب‬
‫‪37‬‬
‫‪40‬‬
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
41
Tube type
‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﻴﻮب‬
Shell
42
‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
43
Channel or bonnet
44
Tubesheet-stationary
45
Floating head cover
46
ID
OD
‫ﻗﻄﺮ داﺧﻠﻲ‬
‫ﻗﻄﺮ ﺧﺎرﺟﻲ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
Type
‫ﺑﺮش ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه‬
Baffles-long
‫ ﺟﻬﺖ دﻫﻨﺪه ﻫﺎ‬-‫ﻃﻮل‬
48
Support-tube
‫ ﻧﮕﻬﺪارﻧﺪه‬-‫ﺗﻴﻮب‬
49
Bypass seal arrangement
50
Expansion joint
51
ρv2-Inlet nozzle
Gaskets-shell side
53
Floating head
54
Code requirements
56
Remarks
(Integ.)
‫در ﭘﻮش ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
(‫)ﻳﻜﭙﺎرﭼﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
Impigment protection
‫ﺣﻔﺎظ ﺑﺮﺧﻮرد‬
Spacing c/c
Type
mm
‫ورودي‬
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻧﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ‬
Type
‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫اﺗﺼﺎل ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﻪ ﺗﻴﻮب ﺷﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻮع‬
‫ورودي ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬
Tube side
‫ ﻻﻳﻲﻫﺎ‬- ‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Inlet
‫ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬/‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬
Tube-to-tubesheet Joint
Bundle entrance
(‫)ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫درﭘﻮش ﭼﻨﻞ‬
Tubesheet-floating
‫ ﺷﻜﻞ‬U‫ﺧﻢ‬
‫آراﻳﺶ ﻧﺸﺖﺑﻨﺪ ﻛﻨﺎر ﮔﺬر‬
(Remov)
Channel cover
Seal type
‫اﺗﺼﺎل اﻧﺒﺴﺎﻃﻲ‬
52
‫ﺟﻨﺲ‬
Shell cover
(‫ﺳﻄﺢ‬/‫درﺻﺪ ﺑﺮش)ﻗﻄﺮ‬
U-Bend
‫ ﻧﺎزل ورودي‬ρv2
Material
%Cut (Diam/Area)
‫ﻧﻮع‬
47
Weight / shell
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
‫ﭼﻨﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻛﻼﻫﻚ‬
Baffles-cross
55
mm
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
Bundle exit
‫ﺧﺮوﺟﻲ ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﺗﻴﻮب‬
‫ﻛﻠﮕﻲ ﺷﻨﺎور‬
TEMA Class
‫اﻟﺰاﻣﺎت آﻳﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
‫ وزن‬/‫ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ‬
Filled with water ‫ﭘﺮ ﺷﺪه ﺑﺎ آب‬
TEMA ‫ﻛﻼس‬
Bundle
‫ﺑﺎﻧﺪل‬
kg ‫ﻛﻴﻠﻮﮔﺮم‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
57
58
59
60
61
38
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX C
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ج‬
SCOPE OF INSPECTION AND TESTING
‫داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ و آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
Unless otherwise specified scope of inspection
for shell and tube heat exchanger shall be as
follows:
‫ﭼﻨﺎﻧﭽﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﺸﺪه ﺑﺎﺷﺪ داﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
‫ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﺒﺪلﻫﺎي ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت‬
:‫زﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
C.1 Material Inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬1-‫ج‬
a) Review of material certificates;
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﮔﻮاﻫﻴﻨﺎﻣﻪ ﻣﻮاد‬
b) Identification of material.
.‫ب ( ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻣﻮاد‬
‫ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ و آزﻣﻮن‬PQR ،‫ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬2-‫ج‬
C.2 Welding procedure, related PQR and
welder's/welding
operator's
performance
qualification test.
a)
b)
Review of welding
specification (WPS);
.‫ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎر ﻳﺎ اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
procedure
‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
.(WPS)
Review of welding procedure
qualification Records (PQR);
‫ب ( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﺪارك ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ دﺳﺘﻮراﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬
c) Review of welders’/welding operators’
performance qualification records.
‫ج ( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﺪارك ارزﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﻴﻔﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮد ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎر ﻳﺎ‬
.(PQR) ‫ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
‫اﭘﺮاﺗﻮر ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬
C.3 Random witness in fabrication process,
such as edge preparation, fit-up, back-chipping
and finish-weld tube-hole preparation and
finish, tube expansion, seal welding etc.
،‫ ﺣﻀﻮر ﺗﺼﺎدﻓﻲ در ﻓﺮآﻳﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻟﺒﻪﺳﺎزي‬3-‫ج‬
C.4 Review of records of post weld heat
treatment (if any).
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻣﺪارك ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎت ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﺲ از ﺟﻮش )در‬4-‫ج‬
C.5 Non-destructive
applicable).
Examination
‫ آﻣﺎده‬،‫ ﺑﺮداﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺎس رﻳﺸﻪ و ﺟﻮش ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬،‫ﺳﻮار ﻛﺮدن‬
‫ اﻧﺒﺴﺎط ﺗﻴﻮب و ﺟﻮﺷﻜﺎري‬،‫ﺳﺎزي و ﭘﺮداﺧﺖ ﺳﻮراخ ﺗﻴﻮب‬
.‫آب ﺑﻨﺪي و ﻏﻴﺮه‬
.(‫ﺻﻮرت وﺟﻮد‬
(where
(‫ آزﻣﺎﻳﺸﺎت ﻏﻴﺮﻣﺨﺮب )در ﺻﻮرت ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬5-‫ج‬
a) Monitoring of radiographic examination
and review of radiographs
‫اﻟﻒ( ﻧﻈﺎرت ﺑﺮ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري و ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﻢﻫﺎي‬
.‫ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬
b) Witness of ultrasonic examination
c)
Witness of
examination.
magnetic
.‫ب ( ﺣﻀﻮر در آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت‬
particle
.‫ج ( ﺣﻀﻮر در آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
C.6 Check of hardness test on welds if
specified.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ آزﻣﻮن ﺳﺨﺘﻲ روي ﺟﻮﺷﻬﺎ اﮔﺮ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪه‬6-‫ج‬
.‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬
39
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
C.7 Pressure Tests
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
‫ آزﻣﻮنﻫﺎي ﻓﺸﺎر‬7-‫ج‬
a) Witness of hydrostatic test
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺣﻀﻮر در آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﻳﻲ‬
b) Witness of pneumatic test.
‫ب ( ﺣﻀﻮر در آزﻣﻮن ﺑﺎ ﻫﻮا‬
C.8 Final Inspection
‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ‬8-‫ج‬
a) Visual inspection;
.‫اﻟﻒ( ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﭼﺸﻤﻲ‬
b) Check of dimensions.
.‫ب ( ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎد‬
C.9 Painting inspection if applicable.
.‫ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ رﻧﮓ آﻣﻴﺰي اﮔﺮ ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‬9-‫ج‬
C.10 Review and endorsement of inspection
reports issued by manufacturers.
‫ ﺑﺮرﺳﻲ و ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﮔﺰارﺷﺎت ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺻﺎدره ﺗﻮﺳﻂ‬10-‫ج‬
.‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
40
‫اﺑﻌﺎد ﻣﻮﻧﺘﺎژ‬
.
41
21
.
.
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬
‫ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﭘﻮﺳﺘﻪ و ﺗﻴﻮب‬
‫ﻓﺮم ﻣﺪرك ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ اﺑﻌﺎدي ﺑﺮاي ﻣﺒﺪل ﻫﺎي‬
‫ﻣﺪارك آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﺨﺮب ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
Sign and stamp : ___
‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬
Judgment
MANUFACTURE’S NONDESTRUCTIVE
EXAMINATION RECORDS
FORM FOR SHELL AND TUBE
HEATEXHANGERS
DIMENSIONAL INSPECTION
RECORD
‫دو ﻧﻘﻄﻪ در ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺎوي‬
2 POINT IN
EQUAL
DISTANCE
‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ‬2
2 POINT FOR
EACH SADDLE
‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬3‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪام‬
2 POINT EACH
‫ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ‬1‫ﻫﺮﻛﺪام‬
1 POINT EACH
‫اﺑﻌﺎد اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي ﺷﺪه‬
DIMENSION
measured
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د‬
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Date: ______________
‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
.
.
THICKNESS
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻂ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﻣﺒﺪل و ﭘﺎﻳﻪ زﻳﻨﻲ‬
.
.
.
.
13.
12
DISTANCE BETWEEN
CENTER LINE OF
EXCHANGER AND
SADDLE
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺳﻮراخ ﭘﻴﭽﻬﺎ‬
DISTANCE BETWEEN
BOLT HOLE CENTER TO
11
CENTER
.
.
.
DIMENSIONAL
ASSEMBLY
.
.
‫ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ اﻧﺪازهﮔﻴﺮي‬
Locations to be
measured
APPENDIX D
(‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺑﺪونﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪ اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )اﻟﮕﻮ‬
(‫ﺳﺎﺧﺖ اﺗﺼﺎل ﺧﺰﻳﻨﻪدار اﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪارد )اﻟﮕﻮ‬
‫ﺷﺮح‬
‫ﺷﻤﺎره‬
.
Descriptions
No
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX D (continued)
(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د )اداﻣﻪ‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬
PURCHASER:
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
ITEM No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬
JOB CODE No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬
USER:
:‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
PROJECT:
:‫ﭘﺮوژه‬
EQUIPMENT:
:‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC:
: ‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
P.O. No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
Radiation source
‫ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ‬
X-RAY (up to 400 kVP)
‫ اﺷﻌﻪ اﻳﻜﺲ‬: ( kVP400 ‫اﺷﻌﻪ اﻳﻜﺲ ) ﺗﺎ‬
X-RAY :
Gama-RAY :
‫اﺷﻌﻪ ﮔﺎﻣﺎ‬:
Source size
MANUFACTURER:
Iridium
‫ اﻳﺮﻳﺪﻳﻮم‬
:‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
Linear accelerator
‫ﺷﺘﺎبدﻫﻨﺪه ﺧﻄﻲ‬
 Cobalt
‫ ﻛﺒﺎﻟﺖ‬
other
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
Other
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﭼﺸﻤﻪ‬
Voltage and amperage ‫وﻟﺘﺎژ و آﻣﭙﺮ‬
Source Activity (Ci
(‫ﻗﺪرت ﭼﺸﻤﻪ)ﻛﻴﻮري‬
Unsharpness (Ug)
‫ﻋﺪم وﺿﻮح‬
Source – Film Distance
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭼﺸﻤﻪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
Film type
‫ﻧﻮع ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
Screen type
‫ﻧﻮع اﺳﻜﺮﻳﻦ‬
IQI (Image Quality Index)
‫ﺷﺎﺧﺺ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
Radiographic technique
‫روش ﭘﺮﺗﻮﻧﮕﺎري‬
Location examined, weld no.,
thickness, film no. or film mark
 Panoramic Single wall Single image  Double wall Single image  Double wall Double image
 (‫ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ )ﭼﺸﻤﻪ در ﻣﺮﻛﺰ‬‫ ﻳﻚ دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫ دو دﻳﻮاره ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬ ‫دو دﻳﻮاره دو ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
،‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﺟﻮش‬،‫ﻣﺤﻞ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺷﻤﺎره ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎري‬،‫ﺿﺨﺎﻣﺖ‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
Judgement
‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬
Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬
42
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX D (continued)
(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د)اداﻣﻪ‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﺮاﺻﻮت‬
FOR ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION
PURCHASER:
ITEM No:
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬
JOB CODE No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬
USER:
EQUIPMENT:
:‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
PROJECT:
APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC:
:‫ﭘﺮوژه‬
P.O. No:
Brand name :
Method
Transducer
type
‫روش‬
‫ﻧﻮع ﻣﺒﺪل‬
Angle beam
‫ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪاي‬
Straight beam
‫ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Reference sensitivity
Transducer frequency
(MHz)
(‫ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﻣﺒﺪل)ﻣﮕﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ‬
:‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
Type :
: ‫ﻧﺎم ﺗﺠﺎري‬
Basic calibration block Identification
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ‬
:‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
MANUFACTURER:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
Type of equipment ‫ﻧﻮع ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
:‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
Transducer
size
:‫ﻧﻮع‬
Transducer material
Reflection angle
Remarks
‫ﺟﻨﺲ ﻣﺒﺪل‬
‫زاوﻳﻪ اﻧﻌﻜﺎس‬
‫ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺎت‬
‫اﻧﺪازه ﻣﺒﺪل‬
Calibration block for pipe Identification
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ اوﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه‬
Reference hole and sensitivity
‫ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻠﻮك ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﺑﺮاي ﻟﻮﻟﻪ‬
‫ﺳﻮراخ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ و ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ‬
Angle beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار‬
Straight beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Scanning sensitivity
‫ﺣﺴﺎﺳﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮداري‬
Angle beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار‬
Straight beam Method
‫روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
 Oil
Coupling medium
(‫ﺳﻴﺎل واﺳﻂ )ﻛﻮﭘﻠﻴﻨﮓ‬
Surface condition
‫وﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺳﻄﺢ‬
 Water
Glycerin
‫روﻏﻦ‬
‫ ﮔﻠﻴﺴﻴﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ آب‬
 As ground
 Other
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد‬
 Other
‫ ﺻﺎف ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
 From outside
Scanning direction
‫ﺟﻬﺖ اﺳﻜﻦﻛﺮدن‬
Angle beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج زاوﻳﻪدار‬
‫ از ﺧﺎرج‬
 Perpendicular to weld
 Parallel to weld
Straight beam method
‫روش ﻣﻮج ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‬
Location examined
Judgment
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻗﻀﺎوت‬
 From inside
‫ از داﺧﻞ‬
‫ ﻋﻤﻮد ﺑﺮ ﺟﻮش‬
‫ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻮازات ﺟﻮش‬
 From outside
 From inside
‫ از ﺧﺎرج‬
‫از داﺧﻞ‬
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬
43
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX D (continued)
(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د )اداﻣﻪ‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي‬
‫آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ذرات ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
MAGNETIC PARTICLE EXAMINATION
PURCHASER:
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
ITEM No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬
JOB CODE No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬
USER:
:‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
PROJECT:
:‫ﭘﺮوژه‬
EQUIPMENT:
:‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC:
:‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
P.O. No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
Stage of examination
MANUFACTURER:
 Prepared edge
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
:‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
 After P.W.H.T
 Other
P.W.H.T ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
 As Welded
 After hydro test
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
Surface preparation
 Grinding
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
Instrument
Mag. Method
‫اﺑﺰار‬
‫روش ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ‬
Calibration
‫ﻛﺎﻟﻴﺒﺮه ﻛﺮدن‬
Prod. Space
‫ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﭘﺮود‬
Current
Test temperature
Particle
‫ﺟﺮﻳﺎن‬
‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
 Machining
 As welded
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬
 Other
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد‬
Type
‫ﻧﻮع‬
 Yoke
 Prod
 Other
‫ ﻳﻮك‬
‫ ﭘﺮود‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
mm
 AC
 DC
‫ﻣﻴﻠﻴﻤﺘﺮ‬
…….. (Amp)
at ………….(V)
‫دﻣﺎي آزﻣﻮن‬
‫ذره‬
 Dry
 Wet
‫ﺧﺸﻚ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
 Black
 Brown
‫ﺳﻴﺎه‬
‫ﻗﻬﻮهاي‬
 Fluorescent
‫ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ‬
Location examined ‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
Result
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬
44
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX D (continued)
(‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ د )اداﻣﻪ‬
MANUFACTURER’S INSPECTION
RECORD FOR
‫ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎزرﺳﻲ ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه ﺑﺮاي آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬
LIQUID PENETRANT EXAMINATION
PURCHASER:
ITEM No:
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﻗﻠﻢ‬
JOB CODE No:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﺎر‬
USER:
EQUIPMENT:
:‫اﺳﺘﻔﺎده ﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
PROJECT:
APPLICABLE CODE OR SPEC:
:‫ﭘﺮوژه‬
P.O. No:
 Prepared edge
‫ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
:‫آﺋﻴﻦ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎت ﻗﺎﺑﻞ اﻋﻤﺎل‬
MANUFACTURER:
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ‬
Stage of examination
:‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
:‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
 After P.W.H.T
 Other
P.W.H.T ‫ ﺑﻌﺪ از‬
‫ ﻟﺒﻪ آﻣﺎده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮارد‬
 As Welded
 After hydro test
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮر ﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
Surface preparation
 Grinding
‫آﻣﺎده ﺳﺎزي ﺳﻄﺢ‬
Penetrant
‫ﺳﻤﺒﺎده زﻧﻲ‬
 Machining
 As welded
‫ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻨﻜﺎري‬
Type
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ از آزﻣﻮن اﻳﺴﺘﺎﺑﻲ‬
‫ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮرﻛﻪ ﺟﻮش داده ﺷﺪه‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮﻣﻮارد‬
 Visible
 Fluorescent
‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞ دﻳﺪن‬
‫ﻧﻮع‬
Application
‫ﻓﻠﻮرﺳﻨﺖ‬
 Brushing
 Spraying
‫ ﺑﺮس زدن‬
‫ﻛﺎرﺑﺮد‬
Temperature
°C
‫دﻣﺎ‬
Removal
 Other
‫اﻓﺸﺎﻧﺪن‬
Penetration (dwell) Time
(‫زﻣﺎن ﻧﻔﻮذ) ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‬
‫درﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮاد‬
 Water washable penetrants
‫ﭘﺎك ﻛﺮدن‬
min.
‫دﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
 Dry developer
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺷﺴﺘﺸﻮ ﺑﺎ آب‬
 Post emulsifying penetrants
‫ ﻇﻬﻮر ﺧﺸﻚ‬
Developing
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﻣﻌﻠﻖ ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺛﺎﻧﻮي‬
 Wet developer
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻛﻨﻨﺪه‬
‫ ﻇﻬﻮر ﻣﺮﻃﻮب‬
 Solvent removal penetrants
‫ﻧﺎﻓﺬﻫﺎي ﭘﺎك ﻛﻨﻨﺪه ﺣﻼل‬
Location examined
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
 See attached detail record
‫ﺳﻨﺪ ﺟﺰﻳﻴﺎت ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺘﻲ را ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪه ﻛﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮرد آزﻣﺎﻳﺶ‬
Result
‫ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ‬
Date : ………………………..
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Sign and stamp: ………….……………..
‫ﻣﻬﺮ و اﻣﻀﺎ‬
45
Jan. 2010/ 1388 ‫ﺑﻬﻤﻦ‬
IPS-G-ME-220(2)
APPENDIX E
‫ﭘﻴﻮﺳﺖ ﻫ‬
GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE
‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
GUARANTEE CERTIFICATE
‫ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ‬
PURCHASER :
CERTIFICATE NO. :
EQUIPMENT :
ORDER NUMBER :
MANUFACTURER :
:‫ﺧﺮﻳﺪار‬
PROJECT :
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﮔﻮاﻫﻲ‬
TAG No :
:‫ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
QUANTITY :
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺳﻔﺎرش‬
:‫ﺳﺎزﻧﺪه‬
:‫ﭘﺮوژه‬
:‫ﺷﻤﺎره ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ‬
:‫ﺗﻌﺪاد‬
DESCRIPTION :
DRAWING NO (S).
We hereby guarantee the above product(s) against any manufacturing defects or poor workmanship for one year after
being placed in service or 18 months after date of shipment.
‫ ﻣﺎه ﺑﻌﺪ از‬18 ‫ﻣﺎ ﺑﺪﻳﻨﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل)ﻫﺎي( ﺑﺎﻻ را در ﺑﺮاﺑﺮ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻬﻞ اﻧﮕﺎري ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪت ﻳﻚ ﺳﺎل ﺑﻌﺪ از ﻗﺮار ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ در ﺳﺮوﻳﺲ ﻳﺎ‬
.‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﻴﻢ‬
In the event the product(s) supplied by us fail or develop defects during the above period due to the above reasons, the
same shall be rectified by us free of charge.
‫ ﻋﻴﻦ آن ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮرت راﻳﮕﺎن‬،‫ و ﻳﺎ دﭼﺎر ﻋﻴﺐ ﮔﺮدﻧﺪ‬،‫در ﺻﻮرﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮل)ﻫﺎي( ﺗﻬﻴﻪ ﺷﺪه ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ در ﻃﻮل دوره ﻣﺬﻛﻮر ﺑﺎ دﻻﻳﻞ ﻓﻮق ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻜﺮد‬
.‫ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮاﻫﻢ آورده ﺷﻮد‬
Our guarantee coverage for any deterioration due to corrosion, erosion, flow-induced tube vibration or any other causes, where as the
equipment is operated at the design conditions specified by the Purchaser in his order or shown on the exchanger specification sheet.
‫ ﻟﺮزش ﺗﻴﻮبﻫﺎ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺟﺮﻳﺎن ﺳﻴﺎل و ﻳﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﺖ دﻳﮕﺮي ﻣﺸﺮوط ﺑﻪ آن اﺳﺖ‬، ‫ ﺳﺎﻳﺶ‬،‫ﻣﺤﺪوده ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺑﺮاي ﻫﺮ ﻧﻮع ﺗﺨﺮﻳﺐ ﻧﺎﺷﻲ از ﺧﻮردﮔﻲ‬
.‫ﻛﻪ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰ در ﺷﺮاﻳﻂ ﻃﺮاﺣﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮد ﺑﻮﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪار در ﺳﻔﺎرش ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻨﺪرج در داده ﺑﺮگ ﻫﺎي ﻣﺒﺪل ﺣﺮارﺗﻲ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎرﻳﺦ‬
Date
Authorized Representative
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻨﺪه ﻣﺠﺎز‬
46